From 231ec7c96e9fb3af57faf87fe9477615edcb1160 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:10:43 +0000 Subject: remove pdcmac barring complaints, it is very old and would need work to get right git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4269 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt | 239 ---- .../texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status | 35 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure | 302 ----- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt | 40 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex | 373 ------ Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags | 67 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1 | 207 ---- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf | 36 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1 | 46 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex | 70 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex | 70 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx | 627 ---------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex | 193 ---- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx | 231 ---- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex | 67 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex | 604 ---------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in | 160 --- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig | 323 ------ Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig | 273 ----- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx | 609 ---------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex | 300 ----- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex | 64 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex | 64 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex | 70 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx | 881 --------------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex | 263 ----- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex | 292 ----- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def | 232 ---- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx | 1194 -------------------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex | 398 ------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dtx | 607 ---------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex | 110 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.fnt | 29 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.tex | 942 --------------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex | 56 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex | 39 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dtx | 248 ---- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex | 117 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def | 106 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmacvn.tex | 1 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex | 37 - Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dtx | 555 --------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmondo.tex | 189 ---- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dtx | 986 ---------------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex | 336 ------ Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex | 81 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex | 81 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dtx | 1153 ------------------- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall | 86 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall.1 | 108 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir | 67 -- Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir.1 | 81 -- 52 files changed, 14345 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1 delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1 delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfsel.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.fnt delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcguide.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdchyex.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcimth.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcl1maa.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdclft.def delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmacvn.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmisc.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcmondo.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcoput5.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpsdoc.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcpslft.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcsty.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pinstall.1 delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pmkdir.1 (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/plain') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c1da39eb921..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/changes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ -Thu Apr 6 12:32:28 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcguide.tex: Added dtxtags to file lists and TAGS to Makefile - targets. Shortened a couple of table entries by a word each so - that the GPL doesn't overflow onto the next page. - - * maamac.dtx (\toksa): Added definition of toksa - - * pdcfmt2.dtx (\alphabetletter): Added missing backslash. - - * pdcoput5.dtx (section{Routines for balanced columns}): Removed - spurious space from \makepartialpage - - * dtxtags: New shellscript, generates an etags-format tags file. - * makefile.in (mostlyclean): Added support for dtxtags. - - -Thu Mar 30 17:16:01 1995 Damian Cugley - - * Release 1.1 - - * makefile.in (dist): Made version.txt format prettier. - - * Changed all header comments to say doc/plain/pdcmac for the sake - of TWG-TDS 0.61. - -Tue Mar 28 13:18:47 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdccode.dtx: Recognizes the "locker" field of RCS id. - Puts line numbers in headline. - - * pdcfsel.dtx: Tidied documentation. Changed \fsel_... to \FSEL... - -Fri Mar 24 17:08:36 1995 Damian Cugley - - - * pinstall: Created a shellscript `pinstall' to replace `install' - command on systems without GNU `install'. Trying to keep track of - all the stupid variants of `install' is pointlessly difficult. - * configure: uses 'pinstall' script if not gnu 'install'. - * makefile.in (install): much simplified by assuming either GNU - "install" or my "pinstall". Changed "mkdirhier" ro "pmkdir" at - the same time. Added manpages for the three shellscripts included - with the package. - - * pdcmisc.dtx (section{PDCIMTH}): Added version ID \message. - - * makefile.in: Added new target, version.txt, which is the version - IDs of all the DTX files. Checked all the DTX files in to RCS (at - long last). - -Thu Mar 16 12:52:02 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdccode.dtx: notepars now allow \rightskip to shrink. - - * pdcfmt2.dtx: chased down some overfull hboxes - - * pdcsty.dtx (section{Starting up}): Changed name of pdcmasub to - the more sensible pdccmsub. - -Tue Mar 14 12:58:09 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcadobe.dtx: Corrected definition or rbrace. - -Thu Mar 9 16:42:07 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcmisc.dtx (pdccmsub.dtx): new name for pdcmasub.dtx. - \currency, \orda, \ordo, \florin, \brdecimal, \permille. - -Wed Mar 8 16:53:36 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcsty.dtx (\abstract): Stop from generating underfull - hbox. - - * pdcadobe.dtx (\brdecimal): Removed spurious redefinition. - - * pdcguide.tex: Added list of file suffixes. Added - pdcadobe.{dtx,tex} and pdcl1maa.{dtx,tex} to lists of files. - Added PostScript title for when POstScript fonts available. - -Mon Mar 6 16:54:15 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcl1maa.dtx: New file - - * pdcsty.dtx: Chased down some overful hboxes. - -Fri Mar 3 18:12:02 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcfmt2.dtx (verbatim): added \ttminus, so that PostScript fonts - used as typewriter fonts can change hyphens to minus signs. - - * pdcsty.dtx: Added use of \asyfam, etc. - - * pdcadobe.dtx: Tested with pdcguide and tested ISO Latin-1 - support, found several bugs. - -Thu Mar 2 18:08:48 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcsty.dtx: Added rudimentary support for PostScript fonts. - - * pdcadobe.dtx: New file!! - -Tue Feb 28 10:17:40 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcsty.dtx: Removed attempts to make a Concrete style; there - really doesn't seem to be much point. Put more of the common code - in pdc{lft,doc}1.tex. - - * pdcguide.tex: reorganized sections, expanded user guide and - installation sections. - -Mon Feb 27 14:43:43 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcguide.tex: Made it into a "doc" not a "lft"; expanded - installation section (unfinished) - - * pdccode.dtx: Added summary to end of file, and some backgorund - info at the start. - (section{Layout}): CHanged width to 72 \tentt characters not 36 - \tenrm ems. - -Fri Feb 24 18:55:30 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcguide.tex: Removed use of PostScript fonts -- now does a - title using the circlew10 font! - -Thu Feb 23 16:50:33 1995 Damian Cugley - - * install.txt: new file - - * configure (INSTALL): sets INSTALL and INSTALL_DATA to "cp - -p" and puts package name at end of "$docdir". - - * magrman.tex (\twocolgr): adjusted to use new \rigidbalance syntax - - * pdcoput5.dtx (section{Making a page vbox}): adjust colht by - - (section{Routines for balanced coumns}): \rigidpalane no longer - takes an argukent for the width of the completed columns; instead - one should enclose \rigidbalance in \hbox to ...{...}. Eliminated - some variables (\RGDfirstcol etc.). - - *depth* of topbox and partialpage as well as height. - - * pdccode.dtx: New file, which generates tmp.tex (the Makefile - checks it isn't truncated before renaming it to pdccode.tex). - (section{Code sections}): added \~ for a tilde in expanded lines. - - Changed text width and suppressed parindent at start of sections. - Copied verbatim text from pdcfmt2.dtx. Added \filelocker; this is - empty if the file has been checked in. - -Wed Feb 22 15:46:06 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcoput5.dtx: Added section headings and brief comments on the - rest of the file. Seached out overfull hboxes in the text so - far. - - (section{Routines for balanced coumns}): Added - \rigidbalancedpartialpage. - -Thu Feb 16 18:04:55 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcfmt2.dtx: Adjusted a little so that it now TeXs without hbox - warnings. - - * pdccode.tex: Changed to allow ragged-right printing inside - footnotes. Added \title and \author commands, and set \everycode - and \evercodeline so that some common code at the start of DTX - files is factored out. - -Wed Feb 15 15:45:30 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcsty.dtx (section{Starting up}): pdcoput->pdcoput5 - - * configure (cfgdate): Configuration shellscript, made by cutting - down the pdctt configure script. - - * pdcoput5.dtx: Changed name to prevent conflict with old version - of pdcoput (since the calling interface is changing). - -Tue Feb 14 12:20:41 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcoput.dtx (section{How to make one column}): Change to just - use vertical mode material to do illustrations insteasd of - separate and caption arguments. Added \topillustration - and \botillustration commands. - - * pdcsty.dtx (section{Layout}): foomarge->foomg to match pdcoput.dtx - - * config.status.sh: placeholder for configuration script. - -Mon Feb 13 14:23:50 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcoput.dtx: New file, made from pdcoput.tex 4.1.7. - -Fri Feb 10 13:46:10 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdcguide.tex: Added a copy of the GNU GPL to the end. - - * copying.tex: new file -- a formatted copy of copying.txt, which - is the GNU General Public License. - - * *.dtx: Updated header comments to include GPL. - -Thu Feb 9 10:38:59 1995 Damian Cugley - - * pdccode2.tex: a new version of pdccode that allows multiple - files to be generated. - - * pdcsty.dtx: replaces ma55doc.dtx, pdccm*.dtx. Uses pdccode2 to - generate multiple files. Sectioning commands go in pdcdoc1.tex - and pdclft1.tex. - - * pdcguide.tex: new file - -Sat Dec 3 16:26:00 1994 P. Damian Cugley (pdc@alleged) - - * pdccode.tex: - Set the vertical margins so that files may be printed on American - paper without losing any of the print. - - * pdcfsel.dtx: - Added a title line on the first page. Removed the dependency of - the code file on pdcutil.tex by adding definitions for \expcs and - \noexpcs. - -Fri Dec 2 00:55:38 1994 P. Damian Cugley (pdc@alleged) - - * pdccode.tex: - Changed \rcs...\end to \rcs...\endrcs for consistency with other - macros that go \foo...\endfoo. - - * pdcfsel.dtx: Removed spurious definiton of \n. Changed - \rcs...\end to \rcs...\endrcs. Changed name of \ldfont to - \loadfont. Removed \setmag. Now produces pdcfsel.tex not xx.tex. - - * pdccode.tex: checked in with -k by pdc at 1994/12/02 00:50:24 - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status deleted file mode 100644 index 34a118a9ff7..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/config.status +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -# config.status -- configuration status file -# creator: configure for pdcmac 1.0 Time-stamp: < > -# created: 1996-04-29 -# command: configure - -case "$1" in - -r*|--r*) - shift - echo $0: rerunning configure 1>&2 - exec sh configure $* ;; -esac - -echo This is config.status, generated by configure for pdcmac on 1996-04-29 - -srcdir=. -date=1996-04-29 -files="${*-makefile}" -sedscript=' - s,@package@,pdcmac, - s,@srcdir@,., - s,@texmf@,//texmf, - s,@configure@,configure, - s,@INSTALL@,install, - s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$(INSTALL) --mode=644, - s,@texdir@,$(texmf)/tex/plain/$(package), - s,@docdir@,$(texmf)/doc/plain/$(package), -' - -for file in $files; do - echo $0: writing $file... 1>&2 - sed -e 's,Template for configure,Generated from '$file'.in on '$date' by '$0, \ - -e "$sedscript" $srcdir/$file.in > $file || exit 1 -done - -exit 0 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure deleted file mode 100644 index 267494d6269..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/configure +++ /dev/null @@ -1,302 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -# Mini-configure script for PDCMAC for the benefit of UNIX users - -version="1.0 Time-stamp: " - -# Takes arguments a bit like the GNU autoconf, but only uses them to -# try to guess the TeX root directory - -package=pdcmac -date=`date +19%y-%m-%d` -files=makefile -unique=pdcmisc.dtx -cmd="$0 $@" -me=`basename $0` - -# The flag used with "test" to see if a directory is writable. -# For debugging, I sometimes set writable to -d so that -# the searches will pretend that I have write-access to system -# directories (so I can simulate running the script as root) -writable=-w - -echo "This is configure for $package $version $cfgdate" - -tmp=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/cfg$$ -trap 'rm -f $tmp; exit 1' 1 2 15 - -while test $# -gt 0; do - case $1 in - -n*|--n*) - nocreate=t ;; - -v*|--v*) - echo "configure for $package $version <$cfgauthor $cfgdate>" 1>&2 - exit 0 ;; - -h*|--h*) - cat 1>&2 <<@EOF -USAGE: configure [ option ]... - -Running this script creates config.status and optionally -$files. - -Options: - -h, -help, --help, -v, -version, --version - print a message and exit - - -p DIR, -prefix DIR, --prefix=DIR - prefix for installed file names, for example /usr/local - - -e DIR, -exec_prefix DIR, --exec_prefix=DIR - ignored - - -t DIR, -texmf DIR, --texmf=DIR - prefix for all TeX-related installed file names, for - example /usr/texmf or /usr/local/lib/tex - - -w tds, -with tds, --with-tds - Assume a TDS-like directory tree -@EOF - exit 0 ;; - --p*=*) - prefix=`expr $1 : '--p.*=\(.*\)'` ;; - -p|-prefix|--p*) - prefix=$2; shift ;; - -p*) - prefix=`expr $1 : '-p\(.*\)$'` ;; - --s*=*) - srcdir=`expr $1 : '--s.*=\(.*\)'` ;; - -s|-srcdir|--s*) - srcdir=$2; shift ;; - -s*) - srcdir=`expr $1 : '-s\(.*\)$'` ;; - --t*=*) - texmf=`expr $1 : '--t.*=\(.*\)'` ;; - -t|-texmf|--t*) - texmf=$2; shift ;; - -t*) - texmf=`expr $1 : '-t\(.*\)$'` ;; - --f*=*) - fonts=`expr $1 : '--f.*=\(.*\)'` ;; - -f|-fonts|--f*) - fonts=$2; shift ;; - -f*) - fonts=`expr $1 : '-f\(.*\)$'` ;; - --w*-*) - with=$with/`expr $1 : '--w.*-\(.*\)'`/ ;; - -w|-with|--w*) - with=$with/$2/; shift ;; - -w*) - with=$with/`expr $1 : '-w\(.*\)$'`/ ;; - -e*|--e*=*) - ;; - -e|--e*) - shift ;; - *) - echo $me: ignoring $1 1>&2 - ;; - esac - shift -done - -# Check for the "with" keywords we're interested in: -case $with in */tds/*) tds=t ;; esac -# case $with in */bigendian/*) bigendian=t ;; esac - # endianness doesn't matter because no fonts in this package - - -# Find out how to print a dot with no newline -n=-n c= -echo $n x$c > $tmp -case "`cat $tmp`" in - -n*) - n= c='\\c' ;; -esac -dot="$n .$c" - - -# INSTALL -- oh, I can't be bothered trying to be clever. -if install --version 2>&1 | grep GNU >/dev/null; then - INSTALL="install" -else - INSTALL='$(srcdir)/pinstall' -fi -INSTALL_DATA='$(INSTALL) --mode=644' -echo $me: install files with $INSTALL - - -# find srcdir -if test -z "$srcdir" ; then - echo $n "$me: searching for srcdir (package directory)..$c" - for d in . `dirname $0` ..; do - echo $dot - if test -f $d/$unique; then - echo srcdir=$d - srcdir=$d - break - fi - done -fi - -if test -z "$srcdir"; then - echo "" - echo $me: fatal error: could not find sourcdir - exit 1 -fi - -# User might use --prefix to give the TeX prefix: - -if test -z "$texmf"; then - case "$prefix" in - */texmf|*/tex) - texmf=$prefix ;; - esac -fi - -# If $texmf is not set, then search for it -# We look in all sorts of prefixes like /usr/local (with or without extra -# lib), using all sorts of directiry names like "tex" -# - -if test -z "$texmf"; then - prefixes="$prefix - `echo $TEXINPUTS:$TEXFONTS | tr : \\\\12 | - sed -n -e 's,/[Tt]e[Xx].*,,p' -e 's,/font.*,,p' | uniq` - / /usr /usr/local /opts /p /packages /package - /pd /usr/pd /usr/local/pd /usr/contrib /usr/TeX - $HOME" - echo $n $me: searching for \$texmf..$c - for d in texmf tex TeX tex3.14 tex3 tex82; do - for p in $prefixes; do - echo $dot - if test -d $p/$d -a $writable $p/$d; then - echo texmf=$p/$d - texmf=$p/$d - break 2 - fi - if test -d $p/lib/$d -a $writable $p/lib/$d; then - echo texmf=$p/lib/$d - texmf=$p/lib/$d - break 2 - fi - done - done -fi -if test -z "$texmf"; then - echo "" - echo $me: fatal error: could not guess a texmf directory 1>&2 - exit 1 -fi -if test ! -d "$texmf" -o ! -w "$texmf"; then - echo $me: warning: $texmf needs to be a writable directory 1>&2 -fi - - -# If --with-tds not set, try to guess whether we have found -# a TDS directory or not: -if test -n "$tds" || test -d $texmf/tex/plain; then - tds=t - echo "$me: using TWG-TDS 0.61 directory structure" -else - echo "$me: using old-style directory structure :-(" -fi - - -# Start making the config.status file - -f=config.status - -# Special care is taken with the -n option -# -- -n is not to be included by default when configure is run with -# "config.status -r", so it must be removed from $cmd -# -- -n (or other options) may be included on the command line -# of "config.status -r" and will be passed to configure -cmd2=`echo $cmd | sed 's/ --*n[a-z-]*//g'` -cat >$f <<@EOF -# config.status -- configuration status file -# creator: configure for $package $version <$cfgauthor $cfgdate> -# created: $date -# command: $cmd - -case "\$1" in - -r*|--r*) - shift - echo \$0: rerunning $cmd2 1>&2 - exec sh $cmd2 \$* ;; -esac - -echo This is config.status, generated by configure for $package on $date - -srcdir=$srcdir -date=`date +19%y-%m-%d` -files="\${*-$files}" -sedscript=' - s,@package@,$package, - s,@srcdir@,$srcdir, - s,@texmf@,$texmf, - s,@configure@,$0, - s,@INSTALL@,$INSTALL, - s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA, -@EOF - -if test -n "$tds"; then - echo >>$f " s,@texdir@,\$(texmf)/tex/plain/\$(package)," - echo >>$f " s,@docdir@,\$(texmf)/doc/plain/\$(package)," -else - echo $n $me: searching for TeX macro dir..$c; found= - for d in inputs macros; do - echo $dot - if test -d $texmf/$d -a $writable $texmf/$d; then - echo $texmf/$d - echo >>$f " s,@texdir@,$texmf/$d," - found=t - break - fi - done - if test -z "$found"; then - echo "" - echo $0: fatal error: TeX macro dir NOT FOUND 1>&2 - exit 1 - fi - - # now same again for a documentation directory - echo $n $me: searching for documentation dir..$c; found= - for p in $texmf $fonts $prefixes; do - for d in doc doc/tex docs docs/tex ; do - echo $dot - if test -d $p/$d -a $writable $p/$d; then - echo $p/$d/$package - echo >>$f " s,@docdir@,$p/$d/\$(package)," - found=t - break 2 - fi - done - done - if test -z "$found"; then - echo "" - echo $0: warning: documentation dir NOT FOUND 1>&2 - fi -fi - - -# Finish off the config.status file: - -cat >>$f <<'@EOF' -' - -for file in $files; do - echo $0: writing $file... 1>&2 - sed -e 's,Template for configure,Generated from '$file'.in on '$date' by '$0, \ - -e "$sedscript" $srcdir/$file.in > $file || exit 1 -done - -exit 0 -@EOF - -echo $me: configuration status written on config.status - -if test -z "$nocreate"; then - sh config.status -fi - -rm -f $tmp -exit 0 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 165cc4ab2fc..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/contents.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -total 498 --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 1006 Mar 20 14:23 00readme.txt --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 7984 Apr 6 16:10 changes.txt --rwxr-xr-x 1 pdc mc86 6910 Mar 24 18:56 configure --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 0 Apr 6 16:10 contents.txt --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 19466 Mar 8 18:16 copying.tex --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 19038 Feb 10 11:02 copying.txt --rwxr-xr-x 1 pdc mc86 1282 Apr 6 14:38 dtxtags --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 4267 Apr 6 12:19 dtxtags.1 --rwxr-xr-x 1 pdc mc86 787 Mar 24 18:34 fig2epsf --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 1101 Mar 27 16:56 fig2epsf.1 --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 3196 Feb 23 18:51 install.txt --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 21818 Apr 6 14:34 maamac.dtx --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 7785 Mar 29 17:32 magrmac.dtx --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 21216 Feb 23 17:39 magrman.tex --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 4854 Apr 6 12:43 makefile.in --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 387 Apr 6 14:38 news.txt --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 10187 Apr 6 12:42 oput01.eps --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 8784 Feb 13 17:07 oput01.fig --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 12285 Apr 6 12:42 oput02.eps --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 8032 Feb 13 15:34 oput02.fig --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 20544 Mar 30 17:07 pdcadobe.dtx --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 29428 Mar 30 17:08 pdccode.dtx --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 8194 Apr 6 12:44 pdccode.tex --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 7961 Mar 3 15:41 pdccode2.tex --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 38300 Apr 6 12:55 pdcfmt2.dtx --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 23174 Mar 28 20:06 pdcfsel.dtx --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 61708 Apr 6 16:04 pdcguide.dvi --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 31674 Apr 6 16:04 pdcguide.tex --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 8670 Mar 30 17:10 pdcl1maa.dtx --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 27 Apr 6 12:20 pdcmacvn.tex --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 18597 Mar 30 17:13 pdcmisc.dtx --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 5207 Mar 29 15:54 pdcmondo.tex --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 32746 Apr 6 12:51 pdcoput5.dtx --r--r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 37441 Mar 30 17:12 pdcsty.dtx --rwxr-xr-x 1 pdc mc86 1695 Mar 24 19:10 pinstall --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 1744 Mar 27 15:47 pinstall.1 --rwxr-xr-x 1 pdc mc86 1876 Mar 27 14:22 pmkdir --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 1538 Mar 27 16:49 pmkdir.1 --rw-r--r-- 1 pdc mc86 789 Apr 6 14:38 version.txt diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 184f8803bdd..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/copying.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,373 +0,0 @@ -\section{GNU General Public License\ifnum\pageno>0 \note{This licence is reproduced - verbatim, therefore the American spelling is used.}\fi} - Version 2, June 1991 - -\noindent - Copyright \copyright~1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., - 675~Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA - - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of - this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - -\noindent{\bf Preamble}\quad - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom -to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is -intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to -make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public -License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and -to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free -Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General -Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if -you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new -free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you -distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - - We protect your rights with two steps: (1)~copyright the software, and -(2)~offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so -that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original -authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - -\bigskip -\noindent{\bf TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND - MODIFICATION\advance\rightskip0pt plus 1em \par} -\medskip - - 1. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a - notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed - under the terms of this General Public License. The `Program', - below, refers to any such program or work, and a `work based on the - Program' means either the Program or any derivative work under - copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a - portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or - translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is - included without limitation in the term `modification'.) Each - licensee is addressed as `you'. - - Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are - not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act - of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the - Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on - the Program (independent of having been made by running the - Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - - 2. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source - code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you - conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate - copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the - notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any - warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of - this License along with the Program. - - You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, - and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange - for a fee. - - 3. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of - it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and - distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 - above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - -\numbered - \\You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - \\You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that - in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or - any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to - all third parties under the terms of this License. - - \\If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display - an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and - a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you - provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the - program under these conditions, and telling the user how to - view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program - itself is interactive but does not normally print such an - announcement, your work based on the Program is not required - to print an announcement.) -\endnumbered - - These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If - identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the - Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate - works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply - to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But - when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a - work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on - the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees - extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part - regardless of who wrote it. - - Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or - contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the - intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of - derivative or collective works based on the Program. - - In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the - Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a - volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other - work under the scope of this License. - - 4. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, - under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms - of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the - following: - -\numbered - \\ Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of - Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for - software interchange; or, - - \\ Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a - medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - - \\ Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with - such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) -\endnumbered - - The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for - making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete - source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, - plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts - used to control compilation and installation of the executable. - However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need - not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source - or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so - on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless - that component itself accompanies the executable. - - If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering - access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent - access to copy the source code from the same place counts as - distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not - compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - 5. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program - except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt - otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is - void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this - License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, - from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated - so long as such parties remain in full compliance. - - 6. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not - signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify - or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions - are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. - Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work - based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License - to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, - distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. - - 7. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the - Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the - original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject - to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further - restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted - herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third - parties to this License. - - 8. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent - infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent - issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, - agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this - License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this - License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously - your obligations under this License and any other pertinent - obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the - Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit - royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive - copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you - could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely - from distribution of the Program. - - If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable - under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is - intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply - in other circumstances. - - It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any - patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of - any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting - the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is - implemented by public license practices. Many people have made - generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed - through that system in reliance on consistent application of that - system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is - willing to distribute software through any other system and a - licensee cannot impose that choice. - - This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed - to be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - 9. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in - certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, - the original copyright holder who places the Program under this - License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation - excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only - in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this - License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of - this License. - - 10. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new - versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new - versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may - differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the - Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to - it and `any later version', you have the option of following the - terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version - published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not - specify a version number of this License, you may choose any - version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. - - 11. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free - programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the - author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by - the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software - Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision - will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of - all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing - and reuse of software generally. - -\medbreak\centerline{\bf NO WARRANTY}\nobreak\smallskip\nobreak -\begingroup\tolerance=3000 \advance\rightskip 0pt plus 1em - - 12. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO - WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE - LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS - AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY - OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT - LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS - FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND - PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE - DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR - OR CORRECTION. - - 13. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN - WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY - MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE - LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, - INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR - INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF - DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU - OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY - OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN - ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - -\endgroup -\bigskip \centerline{\bf END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS}\medbreak - -\noindent{\bf How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs}\quad - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these -terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the -`copyright' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - -\quotation - {\it one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does} - - Copyright (C) 19{\it yy} {\it name of author} -\smallskip - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. -\smallskip - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. -\smallskip - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -\endquotation - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - -\quotation - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19YY NAME OF AUTHOR - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. -\endquotation - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the -appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the -commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show -c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever suits your -program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a `copyright disclaimer' for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - -\quotation - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - SIGNATURE OF TY COON, 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice -\endquotation - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program -into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you -may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications -with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library -General Public License instead of this License. - - -%Local Variables: -%tex-mother-file: "pdcguide.tex" -%End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags deleted file mode 100644 index a54f61760ab..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh - -# dtxtags -- getenerate a TAGS file for the DTX files -version="1.1 Time-stamp: " - -# The grep line produces LINE:BYTE:PATTERN -# the sed converts this to LINE:BYTE:PATTERN:TAG - -tmp=${TMP-/tmp}/mktags$$ -trap 'rm -f $tmp*' 0 - -me=`basename $0` -outfile=TAGS - -touch $tmp -while test $# -gt 0; do - case $1 in - --o*=*) - outfile=`expr $1 : '.*=\(.*\)$'` ;; - -o|--o*) - outfile=$2; shift ;; - -o*) - outfile=`expr $1 : '-.\(.*\)$'` ;; - -h|--h*) - cat <<@EOF -$me: construct an etags-style tags file from DTX files. - -USAGE: - $me [ --output=OUTFILE ] [ INFILE... ] - $me --help | --version -@EOF - exit 0 ;; - -V|--v*) - echo This is $me $version - exit 0 ;; - -*) - echo >&2 $me: $1: not understood, try $me --help - exit 2 ;; - *) - i=$1 - echo >&2 $1: - egrep -nb '^[ ]\|[ ]*\\([a-z]*def|new)' <$1 | - sed ' - s/\([ ]*|\\[a-z]*\\[A-Za-z]*\).*$/\1/ - t finish - s/\([ ]*|\\[a-z]*\\.\).*$/\1/ - t finish - s/\([ ]*|\\[a-z]*[^a-z]\).*$/\1/ - : finish - s/\([0-9]*\):\([0-9]*\):\(.*\)/\3\1,\2/ - ' > $tmp.a - wc $tmp.a - echo ' ' >> $tmp - echo $1,`wc -c <$tmp.a` >>$tmp - cat $tmp.a >> $tmp - ;; - esac - shift - -done - -mv 2>/dev/null $outfile $outfile.bak && -echo >&2 backup written to $outfile.bak - -mv $tmp $outfile - -exit 0 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 1d37d72bac7..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/dtxtags.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -.TH DTXTAGS 1 "Time-stamp: " "PDCMAC 1.0" "CONTRIBUTED SOFTWARE" -.SH NAME -dtxtags \- generate an Emacs tags (etags) file from DTX files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.na -.B dtxtags -[ -.BI \-\-output= outfile -] [ -.I infile -]\|.\|.\|. -.br -.B dtxtags -.B \-\-help -| -.B \-\-version -.SH DESCRIPTION -.na -This is a shellscript that looks for definitions in -.B dtx -files -(Documented TeX Macros, as used in the -.SM PDCMAC -package), and generates a tags file in -.IR etags (1) -format. The tags file will be called -.SM -.B TAGS -by default. -Any old tags file will be written to -.BR TAGS.bak . -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI \-\-output= outfile, " \-o " outfile -Write tags to -.I outfile -instead of the default. -Any existing file with that name will be renamed -.IB outfile .bak -first. -.TP -.BR \-\-help ", " \-h -Print a summary of options and exit. -.TP -.BR \-\-version ", " \-V -Print version identification and exit. -.SH "INPUT SYNTAX" -This section describes the constructs in the -.B dtx -that will be recognized as tags. You should already be acquainted with -TeX terminology like `control sequence'. -.PP -A -.I keyword -is (1)\ a TeX control sequence -.I containing -.RB ` def ', -such as -.B \edef -or -.B \edefverbatim -or -.BR \emathchardef , -or (2)\ a control sequence -.I starting -with -.RB ` \enew ', -like -.B \enewif -and -.BR \enewcount . -Keywords define the -.I tag -(a control sequence or single character) immediately following. -.PP -Keywords are recognized only if immediately following a -.RB ` | ' -at the start of a line, the code used to introduce macro code in -.B dtx -files. -.PP -There may be whitespace between the start of the line and the -vertical bar, and between the vertical bar and the keyword (this means a -few definitions appearing within definitions are spuriously tagged, but -this should be harmless). -.SH "OUTPUT FORMAT" -This section sumarizes the syntax of the tag file that is generated, -because the documentation for -.IR etags (1) -omits it. Since this syntax description was made by reverse-engineering -.I etags -output, it should not be taken as definitive! -.PP -A tags file is composed of -.I sections -catenated together, -each section made of a -.I header -followed by the -.IR body . -All numbers are expressed in ASCII in decimal notation. -.PP -The header consists of a form feed, a newline, the name of the file the -tags are found in, a comma, and the size in bytes of the body and a -newline. -.PP -The body consists of -.I entries -which may be in -old format or new format. -Old format entries are of the form -.IP "" 4n -.I fragment -.B \e177 -.IB line , -.I byte -.SM NL -.PP -where -.I fragment -is a fragment from the file containing the tag (where the start of the -fragment is at the beginning of a line in the file), -.B \e177 -is a -.SM DEL -character (character 127), -.I line -is the number of the line in which the fragment appears, -.I byte -is the position of the start of the fragment in bytes from the -start of the file, -and -.SM NL -is a newline (character 10). -.PP -New format entries are of the form -.IP "" 4n -.I fragment -.B \e177 -.IB line , -.IB byte , -.B \e001 -.I tag -[ -.B \e001 -.I tag -]\|.\|.\|. -.SM NL -.PP -(two commas) where -.B \e001 -is a -.SM SOH -character (character 1), and -.I tag -is the exact tag (necessary for C++, where the entire tag is not -necessarily found on the definition line). The brackets and ellipsis -indicate that there may be one or more tags in the entry. -.PP -Real tags files may also have references to other tag files, but I don't -use this feature. -.SH ENVIRONMENT -.TP -.SM TMP -Name of directory for temporary files. -Default is -.BR /tmp . -.SH FILES -.TP -.SB TAGS -Default output file name. -.TP -.B /tmp/mktags\(** -Temporary files. -.SH AUTHOR -P. Damian Cugley -.RI ( damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk ). -.SH "SEE ALSO" -etags(1), emacs(1) -.PP -The file -.B etc/etags.notes -in the Emacs distribution. -.PP -Richard Stallman, -.I Emacs Reference Manual -(or the corresponding Info file). -.PP -P. Damian Cugley, -.I PDCMAC User Guide -(file -.B pdcguide.tex -in the -.SM PDCMAC -distribution), -for information about -.B dtx -files. -.SH BUGS -This is just a shellscript emulating a subset of -.IR etags 's -functionality. -.PP -Despite the name, this program does not work with the -.B dtx -files used in LaTeX 2e distributions, which have a completely different -format (and their own indexing scheme). diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf deleted file mode 100644 index 210dd47edb8..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh - -# Convert Fig files to conformant EPSF-3.0 files -# Fig's PostScript translation creates EPSF files that cause -# many laser printers to abort in mid-document. -# This script attempts to remedy this. - -version="1.0 Time-stamp: " - -# Usage fig2epsf [ -m MAG ] [ -f FONT ] [ -s FSIZE ] [ - -case $1 in - -V|--version) - echo 'This is fig2epsf $version, using fig2dev from' - fig2dev -V - exit 0 -esac - -fig2dev -Lps $* | sed ' - s/^%!$/%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0/ - s/^%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0/%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0/ - s/%%Pages: 0/%%Pages: 1/ - /\/\$F2psDict/d - /\$F2psDict begin/d - / end/d - /\/\$F2psBegin/d - /\/\$F2psEnd/d - /\$F2psBegin/d - /\/col-1/d - s/col-1//g - s,\$F2psDict /mtrx matrix put,/mtrx matrix def, - s/\$F2psEnd/showpage/ - /%%EndProlog/a\ -\ -%%Page: 1 1 -' diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 10985153141..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/fig2epsf.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -.TH FIG2EPSF 1 "Time-stamp: " "PDCMAC 1.0" "CONTRIBUTED SOFTWARE" -.SH NAME -fig2epsf \- convert Fig picture files into Encapsulate PostScript format -.SH SYNOPSIS -.na -.B fig2epsf -[ -.I fig2dev options -] -.I figfile -.B > -.I epsffile -.SH DESCRIPTION -.na -This is a shellscript that uses the -.IR fig2dev (1) -program to convert files in Fig's format -(see -.IR fig (1) -or -.IR xfig (1)) -into Encapsulated PostScript Format compliant with version 3.0 of the -.SM EPSF -guidelines. The -.SM EPSF -file is printed on the standard output stream. -.PP -This shellscript cleans up some of the redundant PostScript code that -.I fig2dev -2.1.4.1 produces, so that the resulting files may be printed on a -tiny-brained LaserWriter, and corrects the header comments so that it -may be previewed with -.IR ghostview (1). -.SH AUTHOR -P. Damian Cugley -.SH "SEE ALSO" -fig2dev(1) -.PP -.I -PostScript Language Reference Manual -Second Edition -(Addison\-Wesley, 1990), -Appendix E. -.SH BUGS -It is possible that later versions of TransFig will produce less buggy -PostScript files, and that these will break this shellscript. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex deleted file mode 100644 index c22a178174f..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55doc.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -% ma55doc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "ma55doc.tex", -%%% version = "1.2", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, style file", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Top-level macro file for documents set in -%%% Malvern 55, 56 and 75 fonts. -%%% This macro file was generated by running plain -%%% TeX on pdcsty.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "maamac.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, -%%% pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex, -%%% pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def", -%%%} - -\message{1.2 } - -\input pdcimth -\input pdcmigr -\input pdcfmt2 -\input pdchyex -\input pdcoput5 -\input pdcfsel -\input maamac -\def\footnotetextmark#1{{\rmsy#1}} -\def\footnotenotemark#1{{\rmsy#1}} -\autoloadfonts -\def\STYheadingT{% - \m{rm}{ma75a}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}% - \f{it}{ma76a}\@\f{tt}{cmtt10}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}% -} -\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading} -\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading} -\newfam\rmsyfam -\def\STYbodyT{% - \m{rm}{ma55a}\f{rmsy}{ma55b}\m{it}{ma56a}% - \m{bf}{ma75a}\f{bi}{ma76a}% - \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}% - \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}% - \f{tt}{cmtt}\f{tb}{cmsltt}% -} -\font\bodymi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep2 -\font\bodysy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\font\notemi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep1 -\font\notesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 -\font\smallmi=cmmi10 scaled \magstephalf -\font\smallsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstephalf -\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny} -\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt} -\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000 -\bodyfonts -{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 } -\def\PS{\csc{PostScript}} -\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{\char"C1 }} -\input pdcdoc.def -\inputifexists{ma55doc.cfg} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 0b72a6e99a4..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/ma55lft.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -% ma55lft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "ma55lft.tex", -%%% version = "1.2", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, style file", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Top-level macro file for documents set in -%%% Malvern 55, 56 and 75 fonts. -%%% This macro file was generated by running plain -%%% TeX on pdcsty.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "maamac.tex, pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, -%%% pdchyex.tex, pdcimth.tex, pdcmigr.tex, -%%% pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def", -%%%} - -\message{1.2 } - -\input pdcimth -\input pdcmigr -\input pdcfmt2 -\input pdchyex -\input pdcoput5 -\input pdcfsel -\input maamac -\def\footnotetextmark#1{{\rmsy#1}} -\def\footnotenotemark#1{{\rmsy#1}} -\autoloadfonts -\def\STYheadingT{% - \m{rm}{ma75a}\@\m{mi}{cmmi10}\@\m{sy}{cmsy10}% - \f{it}{ma76a}\@\f{tt}{cmtt10}\@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}% -} -\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{12}{14pt}{subheading}{subheading} -\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{18}{20pt}{subheading}{subheading} -\newfam\rmsyfam -\def\STYbodyT{% - \m{rm}{ma55a}\f{rmsy}{ma55b}\m{it}{ma56a}% - \m{bf}{ma75a}\f{bi}{ma76a}% - \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}% - \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}% - \f{tt}{cmtt}\f{tb}{cmsltt}% -} -\font\bodymi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep2 -\font\bodysy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 -\font\notemi=cmmi10 scaled \magstep1 -\font\notesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 -\font\smallmi=cmmi10 scaled \magstephalf -\font\smallsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstephalf -\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny} -\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt} -\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000 -\bodyfonts -{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 } -\def\PS{\csc{PostScript}} -\def\La{L\negthinspace\flushtop{\char"C1 }} -\input pdclft.def -\inputifexists{ma55lft.cfg} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index a4398caa417..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,627 +0,0 @@ -% maamac.dtx -- documentation & source for maamac.tex -*-tex-*- - -%%%@TeX-document-file { -%%% title = "MAAMAC -- Malvern A Macros", -%%% filename = "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/maamac.dtx", -%%% version = "$Revision: 1.5 $", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% date = "$Date: 1995/04/06 13:33:44 $", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory," -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% abstract = "This document describes and is the source code for -%%% the TeX definitions file maamac.tex. -%%% Running plain TeX on this file produces both the -%%% definitions file and the printed documentation.", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "This program is free software; you can redistribute -%%% it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU -%%% General Public License as published by the Free -%%% Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, -%%% or (at your option) any later version.", -%%% notice = "This program is distributed in the hope that it will -%%% be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the -%%% implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -%%% PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public -%%% License for more details.", -%%% notice = "You should have received a copy of the GNU General -%%% Public License along with this program; if not, write -%%% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, -%%% Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex" -%%%} - -%{{{ maamac -%{{{ preamble - -\relax -\input pdccode - -\document -\rcs$Id: maamac.dtx,v 1.5 1995/04/06 13:33:44 pdc Exp $\endrcs - -\newcount\chcda \newcount\chcdc \newcount\chcdn -\def\changecodes#1#2#3#4{% - \chcda#2\relax \chcdc#3\relax \chcdn#4\relax - \loop \ifnum\chcdn>0 - #1\chcda\chcdc - \advance\chcda1 \advance\chcdc1 \advance\chcdn-1 - \repeat -} -\changecodes\mathcode{`a}{"7461}{26} - -\codefile{maamac.tex} -%}}} preamble -%{{{ introduction - -\author{P. Damian Cugley} -\title{MAAMAC---Malvern A Macros} -\advance\seccount-1 -\section{Introduction} - - This document describes |maamac.tex|, a collection of formatting - macros for plain \TeX\ documents using fonts with the Malvern~A - encoding. For example, it defines commands for making composite - letters and special symbols. - -\subsec{About this document} - - The definitions file and this printed documentation are both in - |maamac.dtx|, a `documented \TeX\ macros' file\footnote*{The - \LaTeX~2e distribution uses files with the `|dtx|' suffix for - similar purposes.} which, when processed by plain \TeX, - generates a fresh copy of |maamac.tex| in the current directory - in addition to the |dvi| file. This ensures that the printed - documentation and the code it describes are identical. The - |dtx| file uses the macros in |pdccode.tex|. - -\subsec{What is in MAAMAC?} - - The definitions in |maamac.tex| fall into three sections: -\smallskip -\item{\S1} Building {\it composite letters} like `\'e' from {\it - marks} like `\'{}' and {\it base letters} like `e'. This gives - new definitions for commands like |\'| and |\"|. -\item{\S2} Symbols and special letters: replacements for existing - commands like |\P| (\P) and |\ae| (\ae), and new commands like - |\registered| and |\pounds|. -\item{\S3} Switching between alphabets. The Malvern~A encoding includes - separate small capital and medium capital alphabets in addition - to the usual capitals and lower case. This section defines - commands for transliterating a list of tokens from one alphabet - to another. - -\smallskip\noindent - The first two sections make changes to commands described in - {\it\TeX book} Chapter~9 (and a few maths symbols from - Chapter~16) and defined in Appendix~B. - -%}}} introduction -%{{{ File identification -\subsec{File identification} - - Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the - file. - -\code - \|\% maamac.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- Malvern A Macros - | - |%%%@TeX-definition-file { - |%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex", - \|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion", - \|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate", - |%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", - |%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", - |%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, - |%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", - |%%% codetable = "USASCII", - |%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", - |%%% supported = "Maybe", - |%%% abstract = "Macros for using the Malvern-A font coding - |%%% scheme in plain TeX documents. - |%%% This file was generated by running - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx", - |%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the - |%%% package it came in.", - |%%% dependencies = "", - |%%% } - | - \|\\message\{\fileversion~\} - | -\endcode - -%}}} -%{{{ building composite letters -\section{Building composite letters} - - THis section redefines commands listed at the start of Chapter~9 - of the {\it\TeX book}: |\'|, |\"|, etc. The main difference is - that these now use `medium capitals' and differently-drawn marks - to make composite capital letters. - - I~also define \ called |\acuteglyph|, - |\twodotsglyph| which may be used to print these marks in a - document: `the acute mark ``\'{}''\dots' might be typeset with - `|the acute mark ``\acuteglyph''|\dots'. Also, if you don't - like the way my macros look, you can say `|\accent\acuteglyph - E|' rather than having to look up its glyph number. - -%{{{ utility macros - -\subsec{Utility macros} - - First some nicknames for scratch registers. -\code - |\dimendef\dimena0 \dimendef\dimenb2 - |\toksdef\toksa0 - |\countdef\counta255 - |\ifx\countb\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countb \fi - |\ifx\countc\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countc \fi -\endcode - - A macro to find the code in \TeX's internal encoding for a - character. The character might be represented by (1)~a - character with category code~11 or~12, (2)~a token defined with - |\chardef|, or (3)~the token |\char| followed by a \. -\code - |\def\code#1{% - | \ifcat#1a% - | `#1 - | \else\ifcat#1+% - | `#1 - | \else\ifx\char#1 -\endcode -\hbox{\hskip6\fontdimen6\tentt - \% If the first token is |\char| the rest is the - \ we want.} -\code - | \else - | #1% - | \fi\fi\fi - |} -\endcode - - So as to make conditional macros that can be skipped over if - they appear nested inside another conditional, we make include - the token |\then| amongst the arguments, making this the `if-' - token to match the |\else| and |\fi| following it. This way we - write, for example -$$\hbox{|\ifcap|\ |\then| \ - |\else| \ |\fi|}$$ -\code - |\let\then=\iffalse -\smallbreak - |\def\ifcap#1\then{\expandafter\ifcapnum\code{#1}\then} - |\def\ifcapnum#1\then{\ifnum\lccode#1=#1} -\smallbreak - |\def\iflower#1\then{\expandafter\iflowernum\code{#1}\then} - |\def\iflowernum#1\then{\ifnum\uccode#1=#1} -\endcode - - A macro to extract the slant-per-point parameter of a font in - toe form of a \TeX\ \. -\code - |\def\fontslant#1{\expandafter\stripPT\the\fontdimen1#1} -\smallbreak - |\begingroup \uccode`2=`p \uccode`3=`t \uppercase{\toksa{\endgroup - | \def\\#123{#1} - |}} \the\toksa - |\let\stripPT=\\ -\endcode -%}}} utility macros -%{{{ macros for placing marks - -\subsec{Macros for placing marks} - - This simple macro places the text |#3| at displaced - $(\hbox{|#1|},\hbox{|#2|})$ from current position: -\code - |\def\putxy#1#2#3{\leavevmode\rlap{\hskip#1\raise#2\hbox{#3}}} -\endcode - - Now we have a generic mark-placement macro. It is similar to - the |\accent| primitive, but takes two extra parameters: -$$ - \hbox{|\putmarkxy|\arg{$xf$}\arg{$dy$}\arg{$mark$}\arg{$base$}} -$$ - The horizontal position $xf$ of the optical centre of the base - letter (ignoring slant) is expressed as a \ (i.e., - decimal fraction of the width of the base glyph). The vertical - displacement $dy$ is expressed as a fragment of \TeX\ code that - will calculate $dy$. The code is expanded after setting box~0 - to contain the base glyph, and must put the result in |\dimena|. - For example, we could define -$$ - \hbox{|\def\fakeaccent{\putmarkxy{0.5}{\dimena\ht0 - \advance\dimena-1ex }}|} -$$ - This produces an approximation to the primitive |\accent| - command. - - Given the $x$-factor $xf$, a base glyph with width $wd$, a font - with slant $s$, the horizontal displacement $dx$ is given by -$$ - dx = xf \times wd + s \times dy\quad. -$$ - In this macro it is stored in |\dimenb|. -\code - |\def\putmarkxy#1#2#3#4{{% - | \setbox0=\hbox{#4}#2\relax - | \dimenb#1\wd0 \advance\dimenb\fontslant\font\dimena - | \leavevmode - | \putxy{\dimenb}{\dimena}{\hbox to 0pt{\hss\char#3\hss}}% - | \box0 - |}} -\smallbreak - |\def\putmarky{\putmarkxy{0.5}} -\endcode -%}}} macros for placing marks -%{{{ type I marks - -\subsec{Type~I Marks} - - A Type~I mark is one which does not have any scope for being - `squashed' to go over capital letters---for example, the - two-dots mark `\"{}' and macron `\={}'. - - Here's a macro for placing a Type~I mark given by |#1| (a - \) over base glyph |#2| (which is anything that |\code| - understands). The difference between this macro and simply - using |\accent| is (1)~if presented with a capital letter it - will use the corresponding medium capital letter and (2)~the the - mark is raised by an amount intended to centre it vertically - between the top of the base letter and the top of the - body-height---assuming it was original centered between - body-height and $x$-height. - - If $H$ is the body height, $h$ the height of the base glyph, -$$ \mathcode`/="202F - \eqalign{dy &= { H + h \over 2 } - { H + 1\,{\rm - ex} \over 2}\cr - &= \textstyle { 1\over2}h - {1\over2}\,{\rm ex}\cr} -$$ -\code - |\def\typeImark#1#2{{% - | \setbox2=\hbox{#2}% - | \ifdim \ht2=1ex - | \accent#1\relax#2% - | \else - | \counta\code{#2}% - | \ifnum\counta>64 \ifnum\counta<96 - | \advance\counta 128 - | \fi \fi - | \putmarky{\dimena0.5\ht0 \advance\dimena-0.5ex } - | {#1}{\char\counta}% - | \fi - |}} -\endcode - - Finally we define the composite-letter-building commands. -\code - |\chardef\dotglyph22 \def\.{\typeImark\dotglyph} - |\chardef\twodotsglyph23 \def\"{\typeImark\twodotsglyph} - |\chardef\macronglyph150 \def\={\typeImark\macronglyph} - |\chardef\longmacronglyph151 - | \def\longmacronmark{\typeImark\longmacronglyph} -\endcode -%}}} type I marks -%{{{ type II marks - -\subsec{Type~II Marks} - - These marks have an alternative glyph for use of capital and - medium capital letters. As with |\typeImark|, |#1| is a - \ and |#2| is anything understood by |\code|. -\code - |\def\typeIImark#1#2{{% - | \counta#1\relax \countb\code{#2}% - | \ifcap{#2}\then - | \ifnum \counta<128 \advance\counta 128 \fi - | \ifnum \countb<128 \advance\countb 128 \fi - | \fi - | \accent\counta \char\countb - |}} -\smallbreak - |\chardef\acuteglyph8 \def\'{\typeIImark\acuteglyph} - |\chardef\graveglyph9 \def\`{\typeIImark\graveglyph} - |\chardef\circumglyph10 \def\^{\typeIImark\circumglyph} - |\chardef\tildeglyph11 \def\~{\typeIImark\tildeglyph} - |\chardef\ringglyph12 \def\ringmark{\typeIImark\ringglyph} - |\chardef\caronglyph13 \def\v{\typeIImark\caronglyph} - |\chardef\breveglyph14 \def\u{\typeIImark\breveglyph} - |\chardef\hungarglyph15 \def\H{\typeIImark\hungarglyph} -\endcode - I have abbreviated `circumflex' as `circum' (consistent with - Adobe's `|asciicircum|'). I~have called the hook `\v{}' - `|caron|' because that is its name as used by ISO and Adobe. - I~have called the long Hungarian umlaut `\H{}' `|hungar|' for - want of a better name (it's shorter than |hungarumlaut|).. -%}}} type II marks -%{{{ cedilla ogonek - -\subsec{Cedilla and ogonek} - - The cedilla and ogonek each have a variant intended for capital - letters (in this case the variant is larger not smaller). -\code - |\def\cedillalike#1#2#3{{% - | \setbox0=\hbox{#3}% - | \ifdim\ht0>1ex - | \ooalign{\hidewidth\char#2\relax\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0 }% - | \else - | \accent#1 #3% - | \fi - |}} -\smallbreak - |\chardef\cedillaglyph6 \chardef\Cedillaglyph134 - |\def\c{\cedillalike\cedillaglyph\Cedillaglyph} -\smallbreak - |\chardef\ogonekglyph7 \chardef\Ogonekglyph135 - |\def\k{\cedillalike\ogonekglyph\Ogonekglyph} -\endcode -%}}} cedilla ogonek -%}}} -%{{{ symbols -\section{Symbols and special letters} -%{{{ special letters - -\subsec{Special letters} - - The letters defined here that are not included in Chapter~9 of - the {\it\TeX book} are the Icelandic thorn (|\TH|, |\th|) and - eth\footnote*{Also called `edh'.} (|\DH|, |\dh|), the Polish - {\it a} and {\it e} with ogonek (|\A|, |\a|, |\E|, |\e|), and - the Sami eng\footnote\dag{Also called `ing' or `ng'.} (|\NG|, - |\ng|). - - We also give replacements for {\it d}, {\it t} and {\it l} with - hook (which are usually drawn with a apostrophe-like mark), and - the Esperanto letter {\it hho} (\^h). -\code - |\chardef\TH"00 \chardef\th"10 \chardef\DH"04 \chardef\dh"14 - |\chardef\A "01 \chardef\a "11 \chardef\E "05 \chardef\e "15 - |\chardef\NG"02 \chardef\ng"12 \chardef\L "03 \chardef\l "13 - |\chardef\AE"5E \chardef\ae"7E \chardef\OE"5F \chardef\oe"7F - |\chardef\O "5C \chardef\o "7C -\smallbreak - |\chardef\vd"9C \chardef\vt"9D \chardef\h "9E \chardef\vl"9F - |\chardef\ss"18 \chardef\i "19 \chardef\j "1A -\smallbreak - |\def\aa{\ringmark a} \def\AA{\ringmark A} -\endcode - -\code -\smallbreak - |\chardef\orda"98 \chardef\ordo"99 \def\No{N\ordo} \def\no{n\ordo} - |\chardef\csuperior"98 \def\Mc{M\csuperior} -\endcode - The command |\Mc| is used for forming names like - M\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\fam \b c}Donald. -%}}} special letters -%{{{ text syms - -\subsec{Other symbols used in text} - - There are several new symbols here. Note that |\trademark| is - what you will get if you use the ASCII double quote character - `|"|' in your manuscript. -\code - |\chardef\trademark "22 - |\chardef\copyright "FB \chardef\registered"FD - |\chardef\careof "9A \chardef\Box "A0 - |\chardef\cents "A2 \chardef\pounds "A3 - |\chardef\currency "A4 \chardef\permille "A5 - |\chardef\yen "A8 \chardef\florin "A9 - |\chardef\dag "AA \chardef\ddag "AB - |\chardef\gbdecimal "AE \chardef\minus "AF - |\chardef\S "BA \chardef\P "BB - |\chardef\degrees "C0 - |\chardef\lguillemet"BC \chardef\rguillemet"BE -\endcode - The |\careof| sign ($\rm ^c\!/\!_o$) is an abbreviation for - `care of' in English-language addresses (actually, Australians - traditionally write `$\rm ^c\!/\!_-$'). The raised dot - |\gbdecimal| is the British decimal point (I~usually do - |\mathcode`.=\gbdecimal| and let maths mode do all the work). - The |\degrees| sign replaces \TeX's |$^\circ$|. - - The guillemets can also be obtained with the ligatures |<<| and - |>>|. - - -%}}} text syms -%{{{ maths syms - -\subsec{Symbols used in maths} - - I have stuck with the plain \TeX\ conventions as much as - possible---even though |\bullet| is more often used in text than - maths. -\code - |\mathcode`\,"602C \mathcode`\-"20AF - |\mathcode`\."002E \mathcode`\/"002F -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\bullet "2020 \mathchardef\times "20A6 - |\mathchardef\backslash"005B \mathchardef\setminus "205B - |\mathchardef\cdot "20AE \mathchardef\cdotp "60AE -\smallbreak - |\def\langle{\delimiter"40DB30A } \delcode`\<"0DB30A - |\def\rangle{\delimiter"50DD30B } \delcode`\>"0DD30B - |\def\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308 } \let\{\lbrace \mathcode`\{"407B - |\def\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309 } \let\}\rbrace \mathcode`\}"407D -\endcode - -%}}} maths syms -%}}} symbols -%{{{ switching alphabets -\section{Switching between alphabets} - - This is one of the strange ideas that went into the design of - the Malvern font---I wanted to have small capitals and medium - capitals treated as separate alphabets rather than as a - different style, just as I treat old-style and ranging numerals - as separate symbols. These extra alphabets are present in all - Malvern~A encodings\footnote*{Fonts with the Malvern~A encoding - but made from normal PostScript fonts will have medium capitals - replaced with full capitals, and old-style numerals replaced - with ranging numerals.} - - These extra alphabets are obtained by transliterating a sequence - of letters using the |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| - commands.\footnote\dag{Alas! this task would be so much easier - and more efficient if it were possible to declare new - alphabet-switching tables styled after the |\uccode| and - |\lccode| tables which make |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| work. - Then all this nonsense could happen in \TeX's mouth, which has - some advantages. I~can imagine commands |\newchartable| (used - to create a token which can be used in the same way as - |\uccode|) and |\usechartable| (used to defined macros that work - like |\uppercase|). E\TeX\ hackers take note!} For example, to - transliterate capitals into small capitals (the |\sc| command), - we first make assignments so that, for example, |\lccode`a| is - set to the code for small-capital $\scriptstyle A$, then apply - |\lowercase| to the token list. - -\subsec{Setting upper and lower case codes for special letters} - - These entries in the |\uucode| and |\lccode| tables are used by - the composite-letter-building commands rather then the - alphabet-switchign commands, but they are included here to be - near the other code-hackery. - -\code - |\uccode\th\TH \lccode\TH\th \uccode\TH\TH \lccode\th\th - |\uccode\a \A \lccode\A \a \uccode\A \A \lccode\a \a - |\uccode\ng\NG \lccode\NG\ng \uccode\NG\NG \lccode\ng\ng - |\uccode\l \L \lccode\L \l \uccode\L \L \lccode\l \l - |\uccode\dh\DH \lccode\DH\dh \uccode\DH\DH \lccode\dh\dh - |\uccode\e \E \lccode\E \e \uccode\E \E \lccode\e \e - |\uccode\o \O \lccode\O \o \uccode\O \O \lccode\o \o - |\uccode\ae\AE \lccode\AE\ae \uccode\AE\AE \lccode\ae\ae - |\uccode\oe\OE \lccode\OE\oe \uccode\OE\OE \lccode\oe\oe -\smallbreak - |\uccode\i`I \uccode\j`J \lccode\i\i \lccode\j\j - |\uccode\csuperior`C -\endcode - - -\subsec{A macro for changing character codes} - - The |\changecodes| command is used to change those segments of - character tables that are contiguous and map onto a contiguous - segment in the range. It is invoked as -$$ - \hbox{\it |\changecodes| command x y n} -$$ - (where $\it command$ is a token like |\uccode| or |\mathcode| - and $x$, $y$, and $n$ are \s), and does the equivalent - of -$$ - {\it command}\;i\mathrel{\hbox{\tt=}} - j\qquad \hbox{for all $\cases{x \le i < x + n\cr - y \le j < y + n\cr}$} -$$ - -\code - |\def\changecodes#1#2#3#4{% - | \counta#2\relax \countb#3\relax \countc#4\relax - | \loop - | \ifnum\countc>0 - | #1\counta\countb - | \advance\counta 1 - | \advance\countb 1 - | \advance\countc-1 - | \repeat - |} -\endcode - - We can use this immediately to arrange that lowercasing medium caps - makes lower case, and uppercasing small caps makes full caps: -\code - |\changecodes\uccode{"E1}{`A}{26} - |\changecodes\uccode{"C1}{"C1}{26} - |\changecodes\lccode{"E1}{"E1}{26} - |\changecodes\lccode{"C1}{`a}{26} -\endcode - - We also make old-style numerals behave as lower case for ranging - numerals, and also arrange that maths mode uses ranging figures. -\code - |\changecodes\lccode{"B0}{`0}{10} - |\changecodes\uccode{`0}{"B0}{10} -\endcode - - In maths mode (1)~we use text italic for letters, since CM MAth - Italic will not match the body text and (2)~we use ranging - figures. -\code - |\changecodes\mathcode{`a}{"7461}{26} - |\changecodes\mathcode{`A}{"7441}{26} - |\changecodes\mathcode{`0}{"70B0}{10} -\endcode - -\subsec{Changing the alphabet for special letters got with commands} - - When applying |\uppercase| or |\lowercase| to a token list, - macros will be unaffected (|\ae| will still generate `ae'). To - get around this we define macros that redefine these control - sequences. They each take as parameters hex digits used to make - character codes. -\code - |\def\capspecials#1#2{% - | \chardef\TH"#10 \chardef\A "#11 \chardef\NG"#12 - | \chardef\L "#13 \chardef\DH"#14 \chardef\E "#15 - | \chardef\O "#2C \chardef\AE"#2E \chardef\OE"#2F - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\lcspecials#1#2#3{% - | \chardef\th"#10 \chardef\a "#11 \chardef\ng"#12 - | \chardef\l "#13 \chardef\dh"#14 \chardef\e "#15 - | \chardef\o "#2C \chardef\ae"#2E \chardef\oe"#2F - | \def\ss{\char"#23 \char"#23 }\chardef\i"#39 \chardef\j"#3A - |} -\endcode -\subsec{Pulling it all together} - Now we can define the user macros that do the work. These take - one argument, a piece of text to transliterate: |\sc{OX1~3QD}| - produces a small-capital `${\rm\scriptstyle OX}{\mit 1\ - 3}{\rm\scriptstyle QD}$'; - |\csc{ABCdef}| produces caps and small caps - `ABC{\the\scriptfont0 DEF}'. -\code - |\def\sc#1{{% - | \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"E1}{26}\capspecials9F\lowercase{#1}% - |}} -\smallbreak - |\def\mc#1{{% - | \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"C1}{26}\capspecials8D\lowercase{#1}% - |}} -\smallbreak - |\def\csc#1{{% - | \changecodes\uccode{`a}{"E1}{26}\lcspecials9FE\uppercase{#1}% - |}} -\smallbreak - |\def\allcaps#1{{% - | \lcspecials054\uppercase{#1}% - |}} -\smallbreak - |\def\alllc#1{{% - | \capspecials17\lowercase{#1}% - |}} -\endcode -%}}} switching alphabets -\endcodefile -\enddocument -\bye -%}}} maamac - - -% Local variables: -% fold-folded-p: t -% fill-prefix: "\t" -% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex deleted file mode 100644 index c3c2835eb10..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -% maamac.tex 1.5 1995/04/06 -- Malvern A Macros - -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/maamac.tex", -%%% version = "1.5", -%%% date = "1995/04/06", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Macros for using the Malvern-A font coding -%%% scheme in plain TeX documents. -%%% This file was generated by running -%%% plain TeX on maamac.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute maamac.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "", -%%% } - -\message{1.5 } - -\dimendef\dimena0 \dimendef\dimenb2 -\toksdef\toksa0 -\countdef\counta255 -\ifx\countb\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countb \fi -\ifx\countc\UNDEFINED \csname newcount\endcsname\countc \fi -\def\code#1{% - \ifcat#1a% - `#1 - \else\ifcat#1+% - `#1 - \else\ifx\char#1 - \else - #1% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\let\then=\iffalse -\def\ifcap#1\then{\expandafter\ifcapnum\code{#1}\then} -\def\ifcapnum#1\then{\ifnum\lccode#1=#1} -\def\iflower#1\then{\expandafter\iflowernum\code{#1}\then} -\def\iflowernum#1\then{\ifnum\uccode#1=#1} -\def\fontslant#1{\expandafter\stripPT\the\fontdimen1#1} -\begingroup \uccode`2=`p \uccode`3=`t \uppercase{\toksa{\endgroup - \def\\#123{#1} -}} \the\toksa -\let\stripPT=\\ -\def\putxy#1#2#3{\leavevmode\rlap{\hskip#1\raise#2\hbox{#3}}} -\def\putmarkxy#1#2#3#4{{% - \setbox0=\hbox{#4}#2\relax - \dimenb#1\wd0 \advance\dimenb\fontslant\font\dimena - \leavevmode - \putxy{\dimenb}{\dimena}{\hbox to 0pt{\hss\char#3\hss}}% - \box0 -}} -\def\putmarky{\putmarkxy{0.5}} -\def\typeImark#1#2{{% - \setbox2=\hbox{#2}% - \ifdim \ht2=1ex - \accent#1\relax#2% - \else - \counta\code{#2}% - \ifnum\counta>64 \ifnum\counta<96 - \advance\counta 128 - \fi \fi - \putmarky{\dimena0.5\ht0 \advance\dimena-0.5ex } - {#1}{\char\counta}% - \fi -}} -\chardef\dotglyph22 \def\.{\typeImark\dotglyph} -\chardef\twodotsglyph23 \def\"{\typeImark\twodotsglyph} -\chardef\macronglyph150 \def\={\typeImark\macronglyph} -\chardef\longmacronglyph151 - \def\longmacronmark{\typeImark\longmacronglyph} -\def\typeIImark#1#2{{% - \counta#1\relax \countb\code{#2}% - \ifcap{#2}\then - \ifnum \counta<128 \advance\counta 128 \fi - \ifnum \countb<128 \advance\countb 128 \fi - \fi - \accent\counta \char\countb -}} -\chardef\acuteglyph8 \def\'{\typeIImark\acuteglyph} -\chardef\graveglyph9 \def\`{\typeIImark\graveglyph} -\chardef\circumglyph10 \def\^{\typeIImark\circumglyph} -\chardef\tildeglyph11 \def\~{\typeIImark\tildeglyph} -\chardef\ringglyph12 \def\ringmark{\typeIImark\ringglyph} -\chardef\caronglyph13 \def\v{\typeIImark\caronglyph} -\chardef\breveglyph14 \def\u{\typeIImark\breveglyph} -\chardef\hungarglyph15 \def\H{\typeIImark\hungarglyph} -\def\cedillalike#1#2#3{{% - \setbox0=\hbox{#3}% - \ifdim\ht0>1ex - \ooalign{\hidewidth\char#2\relax\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0 }% - \else - \accent#1 #3% - \fi -}} -\chardef\cedillaglyph6 \chardef\Cedillaglyph134 -\def\c{\cedillalike\cedillaglyph\Cedillaglyph} -\chardef\ogonekglyph7 \chardef\Ogonekglyph135 -\def\k{\cedillalike\ogonekglyph\Ogonekglyph} -\chardef\TH"00 \chardef\th"10 \chardef\DH"04 \chardef\dh"14 -\chardef\A "01 \chardef\a "11 \chardef\E "05 \chardef\e "15 -\chardef\NG"02 \chardef\ng"12 \chardef\L "03 \chardef\l "13 -\chardef\AE"5E \chardef\ae"7E \chardef\OE"5F \chardef\oe"7F -\chardef\O "5C \chardef\o "7C -\chardef\vd"9C \chardef\vt"9D \chardef\h "9E \chardef\vl"9F -\chardef\ss"18 \chardef\i "19 \chardef\j "1A -\def\aa{\ringmark a} \def\AA{\ringmark A} -\chardef\orda"98 \chardef\ordo"99 \def\No{N\ordo} \def\no{n\ordo} -\chardef\csuperior"98 \def\Mc{M\csuperior} -\chardef\trademark "22 -\chardef\copyright "FB \chardef\registered"FD -\chardef\careof "9A \chardef\Box "A0 -\chardef\cents "A2 \chardef\pounds "A3 -\chardef\currency "A4 \chardef\permille "A5 -\chardef\yen "A8 \chardef\florin "A9 -\chardef\dag "AA \chardef\ddag "AB -\chardef\gbdecimal "AE \chardef\minus "AF -\chardef\S "BA \chardef\P "BB -\chardef\degrees "C0 -\chardef\lguillemet"BC \chardef\rguillemet"BE -\mathcode`\,"602C \mathcode`\-"20AF -\mathcode`\."002E \mathcode`\/"002F -\mathchardef\bullet "2020 \mathchardef\times "20A6 -\mathchardef\backslash"005B \mathchardef\setminus "205B -\mathchardef\cdot "20AE \mathchardef\cdotp "60AE -\def\langle{\delimiter"40DB30A } \delcode`\<"0DB30A -\def\rangle{\delimiter"50DD30B } \delcode`\>"0DD30B -\def\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308 } \let\{\lbrace \mathcode`\{"407B -\def\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309 } \let\}\rbrace \mathcode`\}"407D -\uccode\th\TH \lccode\TH\th \uccode\TH\TH \lccode\th\th -\uccode\a \A \lccode\A \a \uccode\A \A \lccode\a \a -\uccode\ng\NG \lccode\NG\ng \uccode\NG\NG \lccode\ng\ng -\uccode\l \L \lccode\L \l \uccode\L \L \lccode\l \l -\uccode\dh\DH \lccode\DH\dh \uccode\DH\DH \lccode\dh\dh -\uccode\e \E \lccode\E \e \uccode\E \E \lccode\e \e -\uccode\o \O \lccode\O \o \uccode\O \O \lccode\o \o -\uccode\ae\AE \lccode\AE\ae \uccode\AE\AE \lccode\ae\ae -\uccode\oe\OE \lccode\OE\oe \uccode\OE\OE \lccode\oe\oe -\uccode\i`I \uccode\j`J \lccode\i\i \lccode\j\j -\uccode\csuperior`C -\def\changecodes#1#2#3#4{% - \counta#2\relax \countb#3\relax \countc#4\relax - \loop - \ifnum\countc>0 - #1\counta\countb - \advance\counta 1 - \advance\countb 1 - \advance\countc-1 - \repeat -} -\changecodes\uccode{"E1}{`A}{26} -\changecodes\uccode{"C1}{"C1}{26} -\changecodes\lccode{"E1}{"E1}{26} -\changecodes\lccode{"C1}{`a}{26} -\changecodes\lccode{"B0}{`0}{10} -\changecodes\uccode{`0}{"B0}{10} -\changecodes\mathcode{`a}{"7461}{26} -\changecodes\mathcode{`A}{"7441}{26} -\changecodes\mathcode{`0}{"70B0}{10} -\def\capspecials#1#2{% - \chardef\TH"#10 \chardef\A "#11 \chardef\NG"#12 - \chardef\L "#13 \chardef\DH"#14 \chardef\E "#15 - \chardef\O "#2C \chardef\AE"#2E \chardef\OE"#2F -} -\def\lcspecials#1#2#3{% - \chardef\th"#10 \chardef\a "#11 \chardef\ng"#12 - \chardef\l "#13 \chardef\dh"#14 \chardef\e "#15 - \chardef\o "#2C \chardef\ae"#2E \chardef\oe"#2F - \def\ss{\char"#23 \char"#23 }\chardef\i"#39 \chardef\j"#3A -} -\def\sc#1{{% - \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"E1}{26}\capspecials9F\lowercase{#1}% -}} -\def\mc#1{{% - \changecodes\lccode{`A}{"C1}{26}\capspecials8D\lowercase{#1}% -}} -\def\csc#1{{% - \changecodes\uccode{`a}{"E1}{26}\lcspecials9FE\uppercase{#1}% -}} -\def\allcaps#1{{% - \lcspecials054\uppercase{#1}% -}} -\def\alllc#1{{% - \capspecials17\lowercase{#1}% -}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 71f2dd83cfe..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -% magrmac.dtx -- documentation and source for magrmac.tex -*-tex-*- - -%%%@TeX-document-file { -%%% title = "MAGRMAC.TEX -- Malvern Greek Macros", -%%% filename = "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.dtx", -%%% version = "$Revision: 1.3 $", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% date = "$Date: 1995/03/29 16:32:24 $", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory," -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% abstract = "This document describes and is the source code for -%%% the TeX definitions file magrmac.tex. -%%% Running plain TeX on this file produces both the -%%% definitions file and the printed documentation.", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "This program is free software; you can redistribute -%%% it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU -%%% General Public License as published by the Free -%%% Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, -%%% or (at your option) any later version.", -%%% notice = "This program is distributed in the hope that it will -%%% be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the -%%% implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -%%% PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public -%%% License for more details.", -%%% notice = "You should have received a copy of the GNU General -%%% Public License along with this program; if not, write -%%% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, -%%% Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex" -%%%} - -%{{{ magrmac.dtx -%{{{ preamble - -\relax -\input pdccode - -\document -\rcs$Id: magrmac.dtx,v 1.3 1995/03/29 16:32:24 pdc Exp $\endrcs - -\codefile{magrmac.tex} - -%}}} preamble -%{{{ introduction -\author{P. Dmaian Cugley} -\title{MAGRMAC---Malvern Greek Macros} - -\section{Introduction} - - This document describes |magrmac.tex|, a small file of macros - for setting Greek with Malvern~G fonts. `Malvern~G' is the name - of an encoding for typesetting Greek texts. Malvern - release~$1{\cdot}2$ has a collection of fonts ({\tt - ma$XX$g$YY$}) which use this encoding. The Levy and Dryllerakis - fonts should work to an extent. - - The conventions for Malvern Greek text files are intended to be - similar to those for K.~J.\ Dryllerakis's Greek\TeX\ (the - `|kd|-' fonts), and will be most useful on computers where the - operating system uses latin letters (as opposed to those which - can display Greek letters on the screen). - - There is a brief guide for |magrmac.tex| called |magrman.tex|. -\notepar - These macros are not necessarily in final form and are not - intended to be supported. Use them at your own risk. -\endnotepar - - The document you are reading is a plain \TeX\ file called - |magrmac.dtx|. This `documented \TeX\ macros'\footnote*{The - suffix |dtx| is the same as files used to simlar effect in the - \LaTeX~2e distribution.} file produces the file `|magrmac.tex|' - in the current directory, in addition to the usual |dvi| file. - The code lines in the printed documentation are identical to - those in the macros file. - -%}}} introduction -%{{{ file identification -\section{File identification} - - Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the - file, for the benefit of people wondering what the file is for. - -\code - \|\% magrmac.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- Malvern Greek Macros - |%%%@TeX-definition-file { - |%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex", - \|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion", - \|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate", - |%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", - |%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", - |%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, - |%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", - |%%% codetable = "USASCII", - |%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, Malvern, Greek, macros", - |%%% supported = "Maybe", - |%%% abstract = "Macros for using Malvern Greek fonts. - |%%% This file was generated by running - |%%% plain TeX on magrmac.dtx", - |%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. - |%%% Distribute magrmac.dtx only as part of the - |%%% package it came in.", - |%%% dependencies = "", - |%%%} - | - \|\\message\{\fileversion~\filedate\} - | -\endcode -%}}} file identification -%{{{ greek mode -\section{Greek Mode} - - The Greek Mode is started with |\begingreek| for compatibility - with the precedent of Greek\TeX\ and Levy's original Greek - macros.\footnote*{The conventions of PDCFMT2 would suggest - |\greek|\dots|\endgreek| but (besides being incompatible with - existing Greek macros) it is probable that the hyphenation table - code (|\language| code) for Greek would be called |\greek|, - based on the names I~have seen used.} - - The token register |\everygreek| is expanded each time we enter - Greek mode. At a minimum it should contain a command to select - an appropriate Greek font. -\code - |\newtoks\everygreek - |\chardef\other=12 -\smallbreak - |\def\begingreek{% - | \begingroup - | \catcode`\~\other \catcode`\|\other \catcode`\"\other - | \the\everygreek - |} -\smallbreak - |\let\endgreek=\endgroup -\endcode -%}}} greek mode -\section{Customization} -%{{{ lunate sigma, curly phi - -\subsec{Lunate sigma} - - The macro |\grlunatesigma| belongs in |\everygreek|. It makes - |s| an active char expanding to |c|. A certain amount of - jiggery-pokery is required because making |s| active makes it - impossible to use the name |\grlunatesigma|! - -\code - |\toksdef\toksa=0 -\smallbreak - |\begingroup \let\\=\toksa \catcode`\s=13 \catcode`\S=13 \\={\endgroup - | \def\tmp{% - | \catcode`\s\active \chardef s`c - | \catcode`\S\active \chardef S`C - | } - |}\the\\ - |\let\grlunatesigma=\tmp -\endcode - -\subsec{Variant phi} - - In the end I~make the two-stroke phi $\phi$ the default one, - with $\varphi$ as the `variant', for compatibility with plain - \TeX. -\code - |\chardef\ninetytwo=92 -\smallbreak - |\begingroup \uccode`\~=`f \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup - | \def\grvarphi{% - | \catcode`\f\active \chardef~\ninetytwo - | } - |}} \the\toksa -\endcode -%}}} lunate sigma -%{{{ accent - -\subsec{One-accent Greek} - - The |\monotonik| macro makes all the accent characters generate - the modern symmetrical accent, while the breathings and iota - subscript do nothing. -\code - |\begingroup \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active - | \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \toksa={\endgroup - | \def\monotoniko{% - | \catcode\lq\'\active \chardef'3 - | \catcode\lq\`\active \chardef`3 - | \catcode\lq\~\active \chardef~3 - | \catcode\lq\<\active \let<\relax - | \catcode\lq\>\active \let>\relax - | \catcode\lq\|\active \let|\relax - | } - |}\the\toksa -\smallbreak - |\def\plutoniko{% - | \catcode`\'\other \catcode`\`\other \catcode`\~\other - | \catcode`\<\other \catcode`\>\other \catcode`\|\other - |} -\endcode -%}}} accent -%{{{ define delims - -\subsec{Choose shorthand delimiters for Greek Mode} - - Define |#1| to be a `greek shift' in the way |$| is a maths - shift. Like |$|, |#1| will stand for either |\begingreek| or - |\endgreek| as required. |#1| must be a one-character control - sequence (as might be used after |`|). -\code - |\def\grdelimiter#1{ - | \begingroup \uccode`~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup - | \def~{\begingreek \let~\endgreek} - | }} \the\toksa - |} -\endcode - -%}}} define delims -\endcodefile -\enddocument -\bye -%}}} macros for greek - -% Local variables: -% fold-folded-p: t -% tex-macros-p: t -% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex deleted file mode 100644 index eebec3bdfac..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -% magrmac.tex 1.3 1995/03/29 -- Malvern Greek Macros -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/magrmac.tex", -%%% version = "1.3", -%%% date = "1995/03/29", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, Malvern, Greek, macros", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Macros for using Malvern Greek fonts. -%%% This file was generated by running -%%% plain TeX on magrmac.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute magrmac.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "", -%%%} - -\message{1.3 1995/03/29} - -\newtoks\everygreek -\chardef\other=12 -\def\begingreek{% - \begingroup - \catcode`\~\other \catcode`\|\other \catcode`\"\other - \the\everygreek -} -\let\endgreek=\endgroup -\toksdef\toksa=0 -\begingroup \let\\=\toksa \catcode`\s=13 \catcode`\S=13 \\={\endgroup - \def\tmp{% - \catcode`\s\active \chardef s`c - \catcode`\S\active \chardef S`C - } -}\the\\ -\let\grlunatesigma=\tmp -\chardef\ninetytwo=92 -\begingroup \uccode`\~=`f \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup - \def\grvarphi{% - \catcode`\f\active \chardef~\ninetytwo - } -}} \the\toksa -\begingroup \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active - \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \toksa={\endgroup - \def\monotoniko{% - \catcode\lq\'\active \chardef'3 - \catcode\lq\`\active \chardef`3 - \catcode\lq\~\active \chardef~3 - \catcode\lq\<\active \let<\relax - \catcode\lq\>\active \let>\relax - \catcode\lq\|\active \let|\relax - } -}\the\toksa -\def\plutoniko{% - \catcode`\'\other \catcode`\`\other \catcode`\~\other - \catcode`\<\other \catcode`\>\other \catcode`\|\other -} -\def\grdelimiter#1{ - \begingroup \uccode`~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup - \def~{\begingreek \let~\endgreek} - }} \the\toksa -} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 5e746d36fa8..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/magrman.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,604 +0,0 @@ -% magman.tex -- info about Malvern Greek. -%{{{ Malvern Greek manual -%{{{ preamble - -\errorcontextlines=1000 -\input pdccmlft -\input magrmac - -\font\notegr=ma55g9 -\font\bodygr=ma55g11 -\font\biggr=ma55g24 % used in sample -\font\gri=ma56g11 % used in sample - -\toksa=\expandafter{\STYbodyT} -\edef\STYbodyT{\the\toksa\noexpand\f{gr}{ma55g}} - -\bodyfonts - -\everygreek{\gr \baselineskip=14pt} - -\grdelimiter\* % * is already an active char -+\defverbatim\_+ % | is often used in examples - -\majorheadline{Typesetting Greek using Malvern fonts} - -%{{{ font tables - -%% Code to typeset a font table -- lifted from my testfont.tex - -\newcount\tableN -\newcount\hexcount -\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1\relax 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or - 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi} - -\def\ntablecr -{% - \cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip} - \multispan2\hfill &\multispan{33}\hrulefill -} -\def\ntable -{ - \medskip - \begingroup \openup1\jot - \def\\{\char\tableN \global\advance\tableN 1} - \def\0##1{&\omit&\sevenrm##1} - \halign to \hsize - {% - \chartstrut\hss##\tabskip=0pt plus 10pt & - &\hss##\hss&##\vrule\cr - \lower 6.5pt\null - &\00\01\02\03\04\05\06\07\08\09\0A\0B\0C\0D\0E\0F - \ntablecr - \global\tableN=0 - \ntablelines - \crcr - } - \medbreak - \endgroup -} - -\def\ntablelines -{% - \ifnum\tableN<256 - \let\next\ntablecontinuation - \else - \let\next\relax - \fi - \next -} - -\newcount\ntabtmp - -\def\ntablecontinuation -{% - % Find out if none of this row are defined by making a horizontal - % list of all of them preceeded by a penalty of 1; if any of them - % are defined then \lastpenalty will be something other than 1: - \setbox0=\hbox{\penalty1 - \def~{\char\tableN \advance\tableN 1}% - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\global\ntabtmp=\lastpenalty}% - % Now set the row in the table iff ntabtmp # 1: - \ifnum\ntabtmp=1 - \global\advance\tableN 16 \let\next=\ntablelines - \else - \let\next=\ntablecontinuationcontinuation - \fi - \next -} - -\def\ntablecontinuationcontinuation -{% - \cr - \noalign{\nointerlineskip \penalty5000 } - & \hexcount=\tableN \divide\hexcount16 \sevenrm\hexdigit\hexcount - &&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\&&\\& - \ntablecr - \ntablelines -} - -\def\chartstrut{\lower 0.25\baselineskip \vbox to \baselineskip{}} - -%}}} font tables -%{{{ two-column quotations - -\def\twocolgr{ - \smallskip - \beginthe{twocolgr} - \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup - \hsize=\bodywd \advance\hsize-\colsep \divide\hsize by 2 - \begingreek \strut \ignorespaces -} -\def\endtwocolgr{% - \par\endgreek \egroup - \moveleft\leftmargin\vbox{ - \hrule\smallskip - \hbox to \bodywd{\rigidbalance{0}{2}{\ht\strutbox}{\hfil}} - \smallskip\hrule - } - \smallbreak - \endthe{twocolgr} -} -%}}} two-column quotations -%}}} preamble -%{{{ bibliography - -\def\TB{{\it TUGboat}} - -\counta=0 -\newtoks\bibliography -\newcount\bibcount - -\def\FAQnote -{% - \par {\bf Note on FAQs}\quad An FAQ is an electronic document, posted - regularly to a USENET newsgroup, usually in the form of a list of - answers to frequently asked questions. Many FAQs are available on - the archive site |pit-manager.mit.edu| (alias |rtfm.mit.edu|) - [18.172.1.27] in the directory |pub/usenet/news.answers|. The - reference gives the name of the compiler, the title, the - last-modified date (in lieu of an edition or version number) and - name under which the FAQ is archived appears in parentheses. - \par -} - -\def\bibdef#1#2% -{ - \expcs\edef{cite#1}% - {% - \noexpand\docite\noexpcs{cite#1}\noexpcs{refer#1}% - } - \toks0={#2} - \expcs\edef{refer#1}{\noexpand\bibitem{\expcs\noexpand{cite#1}} - \the\toks0} -} -\def\docite#1#2% -{% - \global\advance\bibcount1 - \global\bibliography=\expandafter - {\the\bibliography #2}% - \global\edef#1% - {[\the\bibcount]}#1% -} - -\bibdef{Allen} -{ - W. Sidney Allen, {\it Vox Graeca: A Guide to Pronunciation of Classical - Greek}, 3rd Ed.\ (Cambridge University Press, 1987), - pp.\thinspace177--179. -} - -\bibdef{KD} -{ - K.~J. Dryllerakis (|kd@doc.ic.ac.uk|), {\it Typesetting Greek Texts with - Greek\TeX}, Greek\TeX~3.1 (also known as KDGreek) (CTAN - |fonts/greek/kd|). -} - -\bibdef{FAQ} -{ - Nikolaos Fotis (ed.), {\it soc.culture.greek} FAQ -- - Linguistics ({\tt greek-\penalty\exhyphenpenalty faq\slash - linguistics}, 1993/03/06). -} - -\bibdef{Yannis} -{ - Yannis Haralambous and Klaus Thull, Typesetting Modern Greek with 128 - Character Codes, \TB\/ 10 (1989), pp.\thinspace354--359 (CTAN - |fonts/greek/yannis|). -} - -\bibdef{Harts} -{ - Horace Hart, {\it Hart's Rules for Compositors and Readers at the - University Press, Oxford}, 39th Edition, revised (Oxford - University Press, 1989), pp.\thinspace111--116. -} - -\bibdef{Levy} -{ - Silvio Levy, Using Greek Fonts with \TeX, \TB\/ 9 (1988), - pp.\thinspace20--24 (CTAN |fonts/greek/levy|). -} - -\bibdef{COD} -{ - {\it The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English}, 8th Ed. - (Oxford University Press, 1990), p.\thinspace1453. -} - -\def\bibitem#1% -{% - \smallskip - \indent \llap{#1\hskip1pc}\ignorespaces -} - - -%}}} bibliography - -\twosidedtrue - -\noheadlinetrue -\majorheadline{Typesetting Greek using Malvern fonts} -\leftline{\headingfonts \the\majorheadline} -\bigskip -\leftline{P. Damian Cugley} -\leftline{Oxford University Computing Laboratory} -\leftline{(|Damian.Cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk|)} -\leftline{April 1993} -\bigskip - -\noindent - Malvern is a sanserif font family, implemented in \MF. This - document describes Malvern encoding~G (the Greek alphabet). - -\section{Using Malvern G} - - Because most latin-alphabet languages require additional composite - letter glyphs to be properly typeset by \TeX, most Malvern fonts - will be used as the raw material for composite fonts. In contrast, - the Malvern Greek font can be used directly to typeset Greek, both - with the old accent-and-breathing systems and the newer (post-1974) - one-accent system. It follows the conventions of Silvio Levy's - original |gr| family \citeLevy\ and K.~J. Dryllerakis's Greek\TeX\ - (|kd| fonts) \citeKD. It is almost compatible with the reduced - Greek fonts (|rgr| and |mrgr| families) described by Yannis - Haralambous and Karl Thull \citeYannis. - -%{{{ typesetting - -\section{Macro file} - - The file |magrmac.tex| has some macros for setting texts in plain - \TeX. A future production release may instead work as an option or - extension of Greek\TeX, with the objective of making it possible to - switch an existing document to Malvern without much editing. - - Greek text is set within a \dfn{Greek mode}, delimited by macros - |\begingreek| and |\endgreek|. Each time Greek mode is entered, the - contents of the token register |\everygreek| is scanned first. - Since |magrmac| does {\it not} load a particular font by default, a - manuscript using |magrmac| will want to include an assignment like -\display - |\everygreek={\greekfont}|\cr - |\catcode`\*=\active \grdelimiter\*| -\enddisplay - where |\greekfont| has been bound to some Greek font or another such - as |ma55g12|. The macro |\grdelimiter| takes one parameter, an - active character (represented by a one-character control sequence), - and makes that character into a self-matching delimiter for Greek - mode (like |$|--|$| works for mathematics mode). Thus, `|*This is - Greek*|' produces `*This is Greek*'. - -\section{The alphabet} - - The letters are transliterated as - follows: -\table \hfil#\hfil&&\enspace\hfil#\hfil\cr - \gr a&\gr b&\gr g&\gr d&\gr e&\gr z&\gr h&\gr j&\gr i&\gr k&\gr - l&\gr m&\gr n&\gr x&\gr o&\gr p&\gr r&\gr ss&\gr c&\gr t&\gr - u&\gr f&\gr v& \gr q&\gr y&\gr w\cr - \tt a&\tt b&\tt g&\tt d&\tt e&\tt z&\tt h&\tt j&\tt i&\tt k&\tt - l&\tt m&\tt n&\tt x&\tt o&\tt p&\tt r&\tt s&\tt c&\tt t&\tt u&\tt - f&\tt v& \tt q&\tt y&\tt w\cr -\noalign{\smallskip}% - \gr A&\gr B&\gr G&\gr D&\gr E&\gr Z&\gr H&\gr J&\gr I&\gr K&\gr - L&\gr M&\gr N&\gr X&\gr O&\gr P&\gr R&\gr S&\gr C&\gr T&\gr - U&\gr F&\gr V& \gr Q&\gr Y&\gr W\cr - \tt A&\tt B&\tt G&\tt D&\tt E&\tt Z&\tt H&\tt J&\tt I&\tt K&\tt - L&\tt M&\tt N&\tt X&\tt O&\tt P&\tt R&\tt S&\tt C&\tt T&\tt U&\tt - F&\tt V& \tt Q&\tt Y&\tt W\cr -\endtable - The letter *C c* is \dfn{lunate sigma} (see below). The letter *V v* - is \dfn{digamma} (wau). I~put it next to *f* because I~don't know - where it belongs in the alphabet. - - A lower case sigma `*s@*' at the end of a word (or followed by - punctuation) is automatically changed to the final form `*s*' - through \TeX's ligature mechanism.\note{Occasionally \TeX's notion - of word boundaries causes the wrong glyph to appear. There are two - special invisible glyphs that can be used to control this in obscure - circumstances. The so-called \dfn{compound word mark} (or cwm) acts - as a word-boundary in the middle of a word. It has code~32, so - `|as^^`a|' produces `*as^^`a*', for example. The \dfn{null glyph} - is invisible, but, because it is not a boundary character, it can be - used to prevent a ligature with a following word boundary. It has - code 64, so `|as@|' produces `*as@*'.} - -\section{Composite letters} - - The marks that go above the letters are obtained with the - following characters, which go before the letter: -\table \gr#\hfil&\quad#\hfil&\quad #\hfil& \quad *#*\hfil\cr -\noalign{\hrule height 1pt \vskip1\jot}% - \omit Mark\hfil&\omit\quad Char\hfil& - Name&\omit\quad Name in \citeYannis\hfil\cr -\noalign{\vskip\jot \hrule \vskip\jot} - <@& |<|& asper (rough, = h)& dase'ia\cr - >@& |>|& lenis (smooth)& yil'h\cr - "@& |"| (double quote)& - diaeresis& dialutik'a\cr - '@& |'| (quote)& - acute accent& >oxe'ia\cr - `@& |`|& grave accent& bare'ia\cr - \char126 @& |~|& circumflex& perispwm'enh\cr -\noalign{\vskip1\jot \hrule height 1pt\smallskip}% -\endtable - A breathing or diaeresis can be combined with an accent, thus - `|<~a|' for *<~a*, `|>'e|' for *>'e*. - - - The vowels *a*, *h* and *w* may have an iota beneath them, called - `subscript': *a|*, *h|*, *w|*. These are produced with a vertical - bar `_|_' after the letter in Greek mode: `_a|_' makes - *a|*, `_en >arq~h| >~hn en - >arq~h| >~hn u*. Double *rr* -% used to be written *>r|' or `|d'|' (*d>* or *d'*). - - -\section{Punctuation} - - Here's a table of correspondences for punctuation: -\table \hfil#\hfil&&\enspace\hfil#\hfil\cr - *.*&*,*&*;*&*:*&*!*&*?*&*''*&*((*&*))*\cr - |.|&|,|&|;|&|:|&|!|&|?|&|''|&|((|&|))|\cr -\endtable - The apostrophe is also generated by a single single-quote at the end - of a word: `*d'*' can be generated by `|d'|'. There are also - digits, parentheses, brackets, hyphen, dashes, slash, per cent sign, - asterisk, plus and equals signs. - -\section{One-accent Greek} - - The easiest way to write modern Greek is simply to use |'| for the - accent and otherwise to use |\begingreek|--|\endgreek| as before: - `*en arq'h hn o l'ogos*' is generated with `|en arq'h hn o l'ogos|'. - - Malvern also has glyphs for a symmetrical accent (*\char3*) and - composite letters (such as *\char3 a*, *"\char3u*). The macro - |\monotoniko|\note{This macro is so named for compatibility with the - |rgr|/|mrgr| macros \citeYannis. It might usefully go in - |\everygreek|.} in Greek mode makes |'| an active character, - expanding to the symmetrical accent. Then `|En'w|' produces - `*En\char3w*'. In fact, the other accent characters |`| and |~| are - also made to substitute `*\char3*', and |<|, |>| and _|_ expand to - the null glyph, so that a text with all the breathings and accents - and be hacked into almost-correct one-accent Greek.\note{Again, for - compatibility with the |rgr|/|mrgr| macros. Because monosyllables - should not have accents at all in one-accent Greek, a complete - conversion from old-style to new-style requires changes to the - manuscript anyway, so the usefulness of this feature is debatable!} - For example, `_>En~w|_' becomes `*\monotoniko >En~w|*'. - -\section{Variant glyphs} - - Sigma has a variant called lunate sigma, written *Cc*. These - letters can be obtained directly (produced by the character `|c|' in - the manuscript). So that a given text can be switched between the - two styles, there is also a macro |\grlunatesigma|, which redefines - `|s|' is as active character equivalent to `|c|'. Obviously this is - only useful when Greek mode is only used for plain texts, since it - prevents `|s|' from being used in control sequence names. - - Similarly, there are two ways to write lower case phi: *f* and - *\char92 * (`|f|' and glyph~92). There is no difference in meaning - between *f* and *\char92 *; the choice of one or the other is only - made on aesthetic grounds. The macro |\grvarphi| redefines `|f|' as - an active character equivalent to `*\char92 *', in effect replacing - *f* with *\char92 *. - - Normally these macros, if used, will go in |\everygreek|. - -%}}} typesetting -\iffalse -%{{{ background -\section{Background} - - This section is optional reading. - -\subsection{Development of the Levy-derived font families} - - Silvio Levy's |gr| fonts \citeLevy\ used the \TeX~2 ligature system - to make *s* become *s@* when followed by a letter, and had glyphs - for almost all the composite letters. - - Yannis Haralambous and Klaus Thull created a set of reduced - (128-glyph) fonts, for \TeX\ systems still unable to manage - 256-glyph fonts \citeYannis. These fonts (the |rgr| and |mrgr| - families) still used Levy's character programs. Because they could - not include glyphs for all the composite letters, many composite - letters had to be obtained with macros rather than ligatures. The - |mrgr| family is for new-style (one-accent) Greek. - - Finally K.~J. Dryllerakis's Greek\TeX\ package (also called KDGreek) - \citeKD\ uses the Levy character programs again, but takes advantage - of the new ligature features of \TeX~3 to make *s@* become *s* - (without needing compound glyphs for every combination of *s@* with - a letter). The fonts are given names starting with |kd|. - Greek\TeX\ also includes format files for plain \TeX\ and \LaTeX, - transliteration programs and other useful things. - -\subsection{Designing Greek letters for Malvern} - - My Malvern-G encoding is intended to be `ligature-compatible' with - Levy's and Dryllerakis's, meaning that `|<'a|||' will produce - `*<'a|*' in each of them, even though this is glyph~141 in - |grreg10|, 201 in |kdgr10| and some random number in |ma55g10|. The - punctuation characters have the same encoding. - - Designing a sanserif Greek lower case alphabet (*alfabet*?) is tricky - because the lower case letters have a very cursive style, as if - hand-drawn with a brush by a scribe in a hurry -- which is pretty - much the opposite of most sanserif styles. I~made sketches (on - paper) of Greek letters forced into the same sorts of shapes as - other Malvern letters, and the results were uniformly horrid. The - original idea of Malvern was to make a humanist/geometric hybrid, so - I tried approaching it from the from the humanist end this time. - -%}}} background -\fi -%{{{ references - -\section{References} - - Since I don't speak a word of Greek -- the only word I know is - *barbaroi* and I don't know how to spell it -- I have relied on - reading between the lines of the documentation for other systems for - typesetting Greek, including Hart's Rules \citeHarts. - - CTAN is the Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network, a collection of FTP - sites (such as |ftp.tex.ac.uk|, under directory |tex-archive|). - -\beginthe{bib} \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt - \the\bibliography - \par -\endthe{bib} - -%}}} postamble - -%{{{ samples - -\section{Examples of text in Malvern 55 and 56} - -\iffalse - This quotation is used by Haralambous and Thull \citeYannis\ as an - example of the old-style accent-and-breathing system: -%{{{ Popess Johanna - -\begin twocolgr - >En~w| exantl'hsas t`a murol'ogi'a tou - >ekoim~ato ep`i t~hs >'ammou t~hs paral'ias, - katab`as >ex o>uran~wn ap'ostolos >eke~inos t~wn Sax'onwn - >'hnoixe di`a maqa'iras t`a st'hjh to~u koimwm'enou, - e>is'hgage to`us is t`hn >op`hn kai - >exag`wn t`hn kard`ian >eb'ujisen a>ut'hn e>is l'akkon pl'hrh - <'udatos, <'oper eke'inh kard'ia >'efrizen e>is t`o <'udwr ent`os - to~u thgan'iou, >afo~u d`e >ekr'uwsen, >'ejese p'alin a>ut`hn - ep'estreyen e>is t`on >idik'on tou. - - >'Etuq'e pote, >anagn~wst'a mou, n`a >apokoimhj~h|s m`e - >anup'oforon b~hqa, koim'wmenos n`a exupn'hsas - n`a eiatreum'enos? >Agn~wn <'oti e>~isai - kal`a >ano'igeis mhqanik~ws t`o st'oma, <'ina plhr'wsh|s e>is - t`on >epikat'araton b~hqa t`on sun'hjh f'oron. >All`a - p'oshn a>isj'anesai qar'an, m`h eis t`on l'arugga - t`o >oqlhp`on jhr'ion! O<'utw <'ama >'hnoixe ka`i ofjalmo'us, is t`hn >aq'ariston >Iw'annan t`hn sun'hjh dakr'uwn - spond'hn, >all`a par`a p~asan prosdok'ian oofjalmo'i - tou e`h - n`a kla'ush| >h|sj'aneto >'orexin met`a polu'hmeron nhste'ian - All' >ako'usontai, >enper e>~u dok~h|s l'egein. t'ode d'e sou - >ene'ohsa <'ama l'egontos, ka`i pr`os >emaut`on skop~w; e>i <'oti - m'alist'a me E>uj'ufrwn did'axeien, 'adikon e>~inai, t'i m~allon >eg`w - mem'ajhka par' E>uj'ufronos, t'i pot' >est`in t`o <'osi'on te ka`i - t`o >an'osion? jeomis`es m`en g`ar to~uto t`o >'epgon, 'eoiken, e>'in >'an; >all`a g`ar o>u to'utw| >ef'anh >'arti - `on ka`i - jeofil`es >ef'anh. af'ihm'i se, >~w E>uj'ufron; - e>i bo'ulei, p'antes a>ut`o 'adikon ka`i p'antes - miso'untwn. >all' >~ara to~uto n~un >epanorj'wmeja >en t~w| l'ogw|, - an'osi'on >estin, <`o d' - >`an fil~wsin, <`osion; <`o d' >`an oud'etera >`h amf'otera? >~ar' o<'utw bo'ulei anos'iou? -\endtwocolgr - \rightline{Plato, `Euthyphro'} -\vskip 1\medskipamount plus \baselineskip - - - This quotation (similarly stolen) is in Malvern~56 and has - |\grvarphi| and |\grlunatesigma| in effect: - -\twocolgr \gri \grvarphi \grlunatesigma - T`h stigm`h to'uth ni'wjw p'oso bar'u ''nai t`o must'hrio t~hs - xomol'oghshs. 'Oros. O`h >ap`o mustikop'ajeia n`a z'hsw - mi`a perasm'enh >epoq'h. Ka`i t'wra, n'a, ntr'epomai n`a mil'hsw. - - P~ws n`a t`o p~w? Jumo~umai <'ena >anoixi'atiko deilin'o, po`u - kat'ebaina t`on Ta"'ugeto, mi`a xafnik`h j'uella m`e k'uklwse kont`a - sto'us Pentaulo'us. T'oso fober`os >anemos'ifounas, po`u >'epesa - katag~hs gi`a n`a m`hn gkremist~w. Oastrap`es m' >'exwsan - 'ekleisa t`a m'atia m`hn tuflwj~w, ka`i kat'aqama, - p'istoma, per'imena. <'Olo t`o pan'uyhlo boun`o >'etreme, ka`i du`o - >'elata d'ipla mou tsak'isthkan >ap' t`h m'esh ka`i br'onthxan - q'amou. >'Eniwja t`o jei'afi to~u kerauno~u st`on >a'era, ka`i - xafnik`a x'espase 'epesen 'anemos, ka`i qontr'es, - jerm'es st'ales broq`h qt'uphsan t`a dentr`a ka`i t`o q~wma. T`o - jum'ari, ap' t`o ner'o, t'inaxan t`is murwdi'es tous ki <'olh @ >'@ >`@ >~@ "@ "'@ "`@ "~@ - "\char3 @} -\endgreek -\medskip\hrule height 1pt -} -%}}} 24-pt sample -\bye -%}}} Malvern Greek manual - -% Local variables: -% fill-prefix: "\t" -% fill-column: 76 -% fold-folded-p: t -% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index e1c797dcead..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for the PDCMAC package -# Template for configure - -package = @package@ - -# directory source code is in: -srcdir = @srcdir@ - -# directory for TeX macro files: -texmf = @texmf@ -texdir = @texdir@ -docdir = @docdir@ - -# End of configuration section -######################################################################## - -TEX = tex .fn - rm -rf `cat .fn` - mkdir `cat .fn` - cp -p $(distfiles) `cat .fn` - -cp -p ChangeLog `cat .fn`/changes.txt - -cp -p news.txt `cat .fn`/news.txt - cd `cat .fn`; ls -Rl > contents.txt - tar -cf `cat .fn`.tar `cat .fn` && gzip -v9f `cat .fn`.tar - cd `cat .fn`; zip -9qrl ../`cat ../.fn`.zip * - rm -rf `cat .fn` .fn - -version.txt: $(dtxfiles) $(miscscript) pdcmacvn.tex - sed -e 's/\\def\\pdcmacversion{\([0-9]*\.[0-9]*\)}/* $(package) release \1 */' \ - -e 's/\\def\\pdcmacversion{\([0-9]*\.[0-9]*\)\.\([0-9]*\)}/* $(package) release \1, patch level \2 */' \ - pdcmacvn.tex > version.txt - date '+Version ID list generated %Y-%m-%d' >> version.txt - echo >> version.txt - ( grep -h 'rcs\$$Id' $(dtxfiles) | \ - sed -e 's/^.*: \(.*\) \$$.*$$/\1/' -e 's/,v/ =/' | sort; echo; \ - grep version= $(miscscript) configure | \ - sed -e 's/:version=/ = /' -e 's/"//g' | sort ) | \ - align_equals >> version.txt - -tagfiles = $(dtxfiles) -TAGS: $(tagfiles) $(srcdir)/dtxtags - $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(tagfiles) - -######################################################################## -# Individual targets - -$(self_files) $(miscfiles): pdccode.tex -$(sty_files): pdccode2.tex - -pdcguide.dvi magrman.dvi: $(macro_files) -pdcguide.dvi: copying.tex pdcmacvn.tex - -pdcoput5.dvi pdcoput5.tex: $(figures) - -$(misc_files): .misc.flag -.misc.flag: $(misc_dtx) - $(TEX) $(misc_dtx) && touch .misc.flag - -$(sty_files): .sty.flag -.sty.flag: $(sty_dtx) - $(TEX) $(sty_dtx) && touch .sty.flag - -pdccode.dvi pdccode.tex: pdccode.dtx - $(TEX) pdccode.dtx - grep endinput tmp.tex && mv tmp.tex pdccode.tex - -pdcguide.ps: pdcguide.tex copying.tex $(macro_files) - echo '\let\usepsfonts! \input pdcguide' > tmp.tex - $(TEX) tmp - rm -f tmp.tex - $(DVIPS) $(DVIPSFLAGS) -o $@ tmp - -# A scratch file for doing tests: -tryit.dvi: tryit.tex ma55lft.tex pdcl1maa.tex - $(TEX) tryit - - -# rules for the configuration itself -makefile: makefile.in config.status - sh config.status makefile -config.status: $(srcdir)/configure - sh config.status --recheck --nocreate - -######################################################################## -# Implicit rules - -.SUFFIXES: .dtx .tex .dvi .ps .eps .fig -.dtx.tex: - $(TEX) $< -.tex.dvi: - $(TEX) $< -.dvi.ps: - $(DVIPS) $(DVIPSFLAGS) $< -o $@ -.fig.eps: - $(FIG2EPSF) $< > $@ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig deleted file mode 100644 index e4b75f258f0..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput01.fig +++ /dev/null @@ -1,323 +0,0 @@ -#FIG 2.1 -80 2 -6 89 317 224 329 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 329 224 329 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 329 224 317 89 317 89 329 224 329 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 227 224 299 -6 89 287 224 299 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 299 224 299 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 299 224 287 89 287 89 299 224 299 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 272 224 284 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 284 224 284 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 284 224 272 89 272 89 284 224 284 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 257 224 269 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 269 224 269 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 269 224 257 89 257 89 269 224 269 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 242 224 254 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 254 224 254 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 254 224 242 89 242 89 254 224 254 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 227 224 239 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 239 224 239 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 239 224 227 89 227 89 239 224 239 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 89 152 224 224 -6 89 212 224 224 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 224 224 224 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 224 224 212 89 212 89 224 224 224 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 197 224 209 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 209 224 209 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 209 224 197 89 197 89 209 224 209 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 182 224 194 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 194 224 194 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 194 224 182 89 182 89 194 224 194 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 167 224 179 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 179 224 179 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 179 224 167 89 167 89 179 224 179 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 152 224 164 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 164 224 164 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 164 224 152 89 152 89 164 224 164 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 89 77 224 149 -6 89 137 224 149 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 149 224 149 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 149 224 137 89 137 89 149 224 149 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 122 224 134 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 134 224 134 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 134 224 122 89 122 89 134 224 134 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 107 224 119 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 119 224 119 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 119 224 107 89 107 89 119 224 119 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 92 224 104 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 104 224 104 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 104 224 92 89 92 89 104 224 104 9999 9999 --6 -6 89 77 224 89 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 89 224 89 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 224 89 224 77 89 77 89 89 224 89 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 239 77 374 149 -6 239 137 374 149 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 149 374 149 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 149 374 137 239 137 239 149 374 149 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 122 374 134 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 134 374 134 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 134 374 122 239 122 239 134 374 134 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 107 374 119 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 119 374 119 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 119 374 107 239 107 239 119 374 119 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 92 374 104 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 104 374 104 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 104 374 92 239 92 239 104 374 104 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 77 374 89 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 89 374 89 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 89 374 77 239 77 239 89 374 89 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 239 152 374 224 -6 239 212 374 224 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 224 374 224 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 224 374 212 239 212 239 224 374 224 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 197 374 209 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 209 374 209 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 209 374 197 239 197 239 209 374 209 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 182 374 194 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 194 374 194 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 194 374 182 239 182 239 194 374 194 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 167 374 179 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 179 374 179 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 179 374 167 239 167 239 179 374 179 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 152 374 164 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 164 374 164 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 164 374 152 239 152 239 164 374 164 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 239 227 374 299 -6 239 287 374 299 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 299 374 299 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 299 374 287 239 287 239 299 374 299 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 272 374 284 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 284 374 284 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 284 374 272 239 272 239 284 374 284 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 257 374 269 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 269 374 269 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 269 374 257 239 257 239 269 374 269 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 242 374 254 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 254 374 254 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 254 374 242 239 242 239 254 374 254 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 227 374 239 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 239 374 239 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 239 374 227 239 227 239 239 374 239 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 239 302 374 374 -6 239 362 374 374 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 374 374 374 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 374 374 362 239 362 239 374 374 374 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 347 374 359 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 359 374 359 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 359 374 347 239 347 239 359 374 359 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 332 374 344 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 344 374 344 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 344 374 332 239 332 239 344 374 344 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 317 374 329 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 329 374 329 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 329 374 317 239 317 239 329 374 329 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 302 374 314 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 314 374 314 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 314 374 302 239 302 239 314 374 314 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 239 377 374 449 -6 239 437 374 449 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 449 374 449 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 449 374 437 239 437 239 449 374 449 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 422 374 434 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 434 374 434 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 434 374 422 239 422 239 434 374 434 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 407 374 419 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 419 374 419 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 419 374 407 239 407 239 419 374 419 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 392 374 404 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 404 374 404 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 404 374 392 239 392 239 404 374 404 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 377 374 389 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 389 374 389 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 389 374 377 239 377 239 389 374 389 9999 9999 --6 --6 -6 239 482 374 494 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 494 374 494 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 494 374 482 239 482 239 494 374 494 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 467 374 479 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 479 374 479 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 479 374 467 239 467 239 479 374 479 9999 9999 --6 -6 239 452 374 464 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 239 464 374 464 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 374 464 374 452 239 452 239 464 374 464 9999 9999 --6 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 59 449 59 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 524 449 524 9999 9999 -2 2 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 0 0 0 - 479 554 479 29 59 29 59 554 479 554 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 254 344 9999 9999 -2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 308 224 308 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 563 269 569 344 569 344 563 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 308 569 317 581 320 581 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 29 344 83 308 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 224 494 224 77 164 77 164 494 224 494 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 299 494 299 77 239 77 239 494 299 494 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 374 494 374 77 314 77 314 494 374 494 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0 - 449 59 449 47 89 47 89 59 449 59 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0 - 449 524 449 512 89 512 89 524 449 524 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 449 494 449 77 389 77 389 494 449 494 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 5 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 149 494 149 77 89 77 89 494 149 494 9999 9999 -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 36 113 326 caption -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 44 146 215 column 0 -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 44 311 218 column 1 -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 42 275 53 headline -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 37 359 515 footline -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 39 323 584 grid cell -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 48 8 371 separator -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 36 8 359 caption -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 15 54 104 419 illustration -4 0 0 12 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 15 54 419 404 illustration diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig deleted file mode 100644 index fb7858b0c43..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/oput02.fig +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -#FIG 2.1 -80 2 -6 179 317 254 329 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 329 254 317 179 317 179 329 254 329 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 329 254 329 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 332 254 344 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 344 254 332 179 332 179 344 254 344 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 344 254 344 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 287 254 299 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 299 254 287 179 287 179 299 254 299 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 299 254 299 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 272 254 284 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 284 254 272 179 272 179 284 254 284 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 284 254 284 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 257 254 269 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 269 254 257 179 257 179 269 254 269 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 269 254 269 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 242 254 254 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 254 254 242 179 242 179 254 254 254 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 254 254 254 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 227 254 239 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 239 254 227 179 227 179 239 254 239 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 239 254 239 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 212 254 224 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 224 254 212 179 212 179 224 254 224 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 224 254 224 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 197 254 209 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 209 254 197 179 197 179 209 254 209 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 209 254 209 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 182 254 194 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 194 254 182 179 182 179 194 254 194 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 194 254 194 9999 9999 --6 -6 179 167 254 179 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 179 254 167 179 167 179 179 254 179 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 179 254 179 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 347 344 359 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 359 344 347 269 347 269 359 344 359 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 359 344 359 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 317 344 329 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 329 344 317 269 317 269 329 344 329 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 329 344 329 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 332 344 344 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 344 344 332 269 332 269 344 344 344 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 344 344 344 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 287 344 299 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 299 344 287 269 287 269 299 344 299 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 299 344 299 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 272 344 284 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 284 344 272 269 272 269 284 344 284 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 284 344 284 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 257 344 269 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 269 344 257 269 257 269 269 344 269 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 269 344 269 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 242 344 254 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 254 344 242 269 242 269 254 344 254 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 254 344 254 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 227 344 239 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 239 344 227 269 227 269 239 344 239 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 239 344 239 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 212 344 224 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 224 344 212 269 212 269 224 344 224 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 224 344 224 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 197 344 209 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 209 344 197 269 197 269 209 344 209 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 209 344 209 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 182 344 194 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 194 344 182 269 182 269 194 344 194 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 194 344 194 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 167 344 179 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 179 344 167 269 167 269 179 344 179 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 179 344 179 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 362 344 374 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 374 344 362 269 362 269 374 344 374 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 374 344 374 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 377 344 389 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 389 344 377 269 377 269 389 344 389 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 389 344 389 9999 9999 --6 -6 269 302 344 314 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 4 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 314 344 302 269 302 269 314 344 314 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 269 314 344 314 9999 9999 --6 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 59 434 59 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 89 524 434 524 9999 9999 -2 2 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 0 0 0 - 479 554 479 29 59 29 59 554 479 554 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 494 74 494 494 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 494 494 494 527 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 509 59 509 89 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 524 29 524 74 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 524 494 524 554 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 539 29 539 554 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 89 569 434 569 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 59 584 479 584 9999 9999 -2 1 1 1 -1 0 0 0 4.000 -1 0 0 - 425 89 515 89 9999 9999 -2 1 1 1 -1 0 0 0 4.000 -1 0 0 - 431 59 515 59 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 449 59 449 74 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 449 104 449 89 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 329 158 344 158 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 374 158 359 158 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0 - 434 524 434 512 89 512 89 524 434 524 9999 9999 -2 2 0 0 -1 10 0 5 0.000 0 0 0 - 434 59 434 47 89 47 89 59 434 59 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 10 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 434 164 434 74 89 74 89 164 434 164 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 10 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 434 389 434 164 359 164 359 389 434 389 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 10 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 164 389 164 164 89 164 89 389 164 389 9999 9999 -2 2 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 0 0 0 - 254 389 254 164 179 164 179 389 254 389 9999 9999 -2 2 0 1 -1 10 0 0 0.000 0 0 0 - 344 389 344 164 269 164 269 389 344 389 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 155 284 155 299 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 0 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 155 329 155 314 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 179 158 254 158 9999 9999 -2 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 1 1 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 0 0 1.000 4.000 8.000 - 365 164 365 389 9999 9999 -2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 170 164 170 389 9999 9999 -2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 179 308 254 308 9999 9999 -2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 260 164 260 389 9999 9999 -2 1 0 2 -1 0 0 0 0.000 -1 0 0 - 350 164 350 389 9999 9999 -2 2 1 1 -1 0 0 0 4.000 0 0 0 - 89 389 89 494 434 494 434 389 89 389 9999 9999 -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 32 269 566 bodywd -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 36 269 581 paperwd -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 24 521 524 botmg -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 49 491 509 footlineskip -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 28 491 284 bodyht -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 32 536 284 paperht -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 53 506 74 headlineskip -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 24 521 53 topmg -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 30 449 86 topskip -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 27 350 155 colsep -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 27 269 119 topbox -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 27 269 464 botbox -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 32 269 518 footline -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 36 254 56 headline -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 37 218 266 column 0 -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 37 305 266 column 1 -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 28 125 221 leftbox -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 31 218 338 caption -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 14 215 374 illo -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 25 215 152 colwd -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 21 374 284 colht -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 0.00000 4 13 33 407 251 rightbox -4 1 1 10 0 -1 0 1.57080 4 13 29 152 308 capsep diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 443b766d82c..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,609 +0,0 @@ -% pdcadobe.dtx -- documentation & source for pdcadobe.tex -*-tex-*- - -%%%@TeX-document-file { -%%% title = "PDCADOBE -- Formatting Macros", -%%% filename = "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.dtx", -%%% version = "$Revision: 1.3 $", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% date = "$Date: 1995/03/30 16:07:31 $", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory," -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% abstract = "This document describes and is the source code for -%%% the TeX definitions file pdcadobe.tex. -%%% Running plain TeX on this file produces both the -%%% definitions file and the printed documentation.", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "This program is free software; you can redistribute -%%% it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU -%%% General Public License as published by the Free -%%% Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, -%%% or (at your option) any later version.", -%%% notice = "This program is distributed in the hope that it will -%%% be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the -%%% implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -%%% PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public -%%% License for more details.", -%%% notice = "You should have received a copy of the GNU General -%%% Public License along with this program; if not, write -%%% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, -%%% Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex" -%%%} - -%{{{ pdcadobe -%{{{ preamble -\relax -\input pdccode - -\document -\rcs$Id: pdcadobe.dtx,v 1.3 1995/03/30 16:07:31 pdc Exp $\endrcs - -\codefile{pdcadobe.tex} -%}}} preamble -%{{{ introduction - -\author{P. Damian Cugley} -\title{PDCAdobe---Macros for using Adobe fonts} -\section{Introduction} - - This document describes |pdcadobe.tex|, a collection of macros - for using Adobe's Standard Roman character set, via DVIPS's - variation on the \TeX\ Text encoding. - -\notepar - You will need to use a different strategy if your PostScript - fonts adhere strictly to the \TeX\ Text conventions (the - conventions of Computer Modern Roman, described in {\it\TeX - book}\/ Appendix~F, and called OT1 by the \LaTeX~3 team), such - as the fonts generated with Fontinst. -\endnotepar - -\subsec{New text symbols} - - The new characters now available in text are: -$$\halign{\indent\tt\char`\\#1\hfil&\quad#\hfil\cr - quotesingle& typewriter-style apostrophe ({\tt\char"0D })\cr - quotedouble& typewriter-style double apostrophe ({\tt"})\cr - asciicircum& ASCII circumflex\cr - asciitilde& ASCII tilde\cr -}$$ - - -\subsec{Use of the Symbol font} - - The assumption is that one of the resons for using PostScript - fonts is that, if you stick to the `Adobe~35', the resulting - PostScript files are much smaller because no font bitmaps need - to be downloaded. On this assumption, Adobe's Symbol font is - used whenever possible, even when the Computer Modern symbol is - arguably prettier. - - The Symbol font will need to have its own maths family, which by - convention this file expects to find defined as |\asyfam|. - -\subsec{Composite letters} - -\setbox0=\hbox{accent} -\edef\\{\vrule height\the\ht0 depth\the\dp0 width\the\wd0 \relax } - - Composite letters are those made from some base letter and a - {\it mark}, for example {\it\'e}, {\it\"u}.\footnote*{`Composite - letters' is a euphemism for what English speakers usually refer - to as `\\ed letters', since the word `\\' tends to provoke - lectures to the effect that composite letters are not considered - to be `\\ed' in many of the lanuages in which they are used.} - In the Adobe Standard Roman character set, and hence in - |afm2tfm|'s encoding, the composite letters of ISO 8859--1 are - included as separate glyphs. These glyphs are accessed using - ligatures between mark glyphs and base letters (so that |^^13e| - in the manuscript file produces `\'e'). Unfortunately, - exploiting this is tricky if we also want to allow for composite - glyphs {\it not} included in the PostScript fonts. - - The approach taken in these definitions is that \TeX's composite - letter commands (|\'|, |\"|, and friends) are left unchanged, so - that `|\'e|' works through \TeX's |\|\\ command. The magic - glyphs are available as commands with names like |\acuteglyph| - or via the Latin-1 special symbols, so that `|\acuteglyph e|' or - `|^^b4e|' (which might liik like `{\tt\char"13 e}' on the screen - if your computer uses Latin-1) produces `\'e' as a single glyph - (which might mean tha mark is better aligned). Finally, the - Latin-1 composite letters generate the single glyphs vial - ligatures, so that `|^^e9|' (which may well look like `{\tt\'e}' - on the screen) expands to `|\acuteglyph e|' and hence `\'e'. - -\subsec{About this document} - - The definitions file and the printed documentation are both in - |pdcadobe.dtx|, a `documented \TeX\ macros' file\footnote*{The - \LaTeX~2e distribution uses files with the `|dtx|' suffix for - similar purposes.} which, when processed by plain \TeX, - generates a fresh copy of |pdcadobe.tex| in the current directory - in addition to the |dvi| file. This ensures that the printed - documentation and the code it describes are identical. The - |dtx| file uses the macros in |pdccode.tex|. - -%}}} introduction -%{{{ File identification -\section{File identification} - - Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the - file. - -\code - \|\% pdcadobe.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- macros for Adobe style fonts - | - |%%%@TeX-definition-file { - |%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex", - \|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion", - \|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate", - |%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", - |%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", - |%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, - |%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", - |%%% codetable = "USASCII", - |%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", - |%%% supported = "Maybe", - |%%% abstract = "Formatting macros for Adobe-style fonts. - |%%% This file was generated by running - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx", - |%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the - |%%% package it came in.", - |%%% dependencies = "", - |%%% } - | - \|\\message\{\fileversion~\} - | -\endcode -%}}} file id -%{{{ chardefs -\section{Characters available in all styles} - - The following characters are in the fonts generated by - |afm2tfm|, so are available in all styles. -\code - |\chardef\quotesingle="0D - |\chardef\quotedouble="22 - |\chardef\_="5F - |\chardef\asciicircum="80 - |\chardef\asciitilde="81 - |\chardef\cents="A2 - |\chardef\pounds="A3 - |\chardef\fractionslash="A4 - |\chardef\yen="A5 - |\chardef\florin="A6 - |\chardef\S="A7 - |\chardef\currency="A8 - |\chardef\lguillemet="AB - |\chardef\dag="B2 - |\chardef\ddag="B3 - |\chardef\gbdecimal="B4 - |\chardef\P="B6 - |\chardef\bullet="B7 - |\chardef\quotesinglebase="B8 - |\chardef\quotedblbase="B9 - |\chardef\rguillemet="BB - |\chardef\ellipsis="BC \def\dots{\ellipsis\thinspace} - |\chardef\permille="BD - |\chardef\orda="E3 - |\chardef\ordo="EB -\endcode - Some glyphs, like |\fractionslash| and |\gbdecimal| may well be - used in maths mode, but are defined using |\chardef| to allow - them to be used in text as well. - - The definition of |\dots| adds the thin space that is included - in plain \TeX's |\dots|, so that `|\dots,|' will have a thin - space between the third full stop and the comma. - -\subsec{Maths stuff} - - These symbols are available in maths mode, coming from the |\rm| - font (fam~0). -\code - |\mathchardef\backslash="205C - |\edef\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308} \let\{=\lbrace \mathcode`\{="407B - |\mathcode`\|="707C \mathchardef\mid="307C - |\edef\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309} \let\}=\rbrace \mathcode`\}="507D - |\mathchardef\sim="3081 - |\mathchardef\cdot="20B4 - |\mathchardef\bullet="20B7 - |\mathchardef\ldots="60BC -\endcode - There {\it are} extensible braces in the Adobe Symbol font, - which I~would have used for the |\lbrace| and |\rbrace| - commands. Unfortunately, the TFM file generated with |afm2tfm| - seems to lack the special information that makes extensible - characters work, so the |cmex10| glyphs must be used instead. - -\subsec{Marks for composite letters} - - Some common accented letters can be got by printing the accent - glyph before the letter glyph. However not all combinations - will work, so I~have left plain \TeX's definitions in place. - - For later reference, the glyphs used for the accents are given - names. -\code - |\chardef\graveglyph="12 - |\chardef\acuteglyph="13 - |\chardef\hookglyph="14 - |\chardef\breveglyph="15 - |\chardef\macronglyph="16 - |\chardef\ringglyph="17 - |\chardef\cedillaglyph="18 - |\chardef\circumglyph="5E - |\chardef\tildeglyph="7E - |\chardef\twodotsglyph="7F - |\chardef\dotglyph="C7 - |\chardef\hungarianglyph="CD - |\chardef\ogonekglyph="CE -\endcode - - - Some special letters and marks have been moved to new slots. -\code - |\chardef\AA="C8 \chardef\aa="98 - |\chardef\L="E8 \chardef\l="F8 - |\def\.#1{\accent\dotglyph #1} - |\def\H#1{\accent\hungarianglyph"CD #1} -\endcode - -%}}} chardefs -%{{{ adobe sy -\section{Adobe Symbol font characters} - - Most of Adobe's Symbol font's glyphs exist already in one of the - maths fonts. Nevertheless I~think it makes sense to use them - whenever possible, because if it so happens that none of the - glyphs in the maths fonts are used, the bitmaps for the fonts - may be omitted from the PostScript file, making it much smaller. - For these definitions to work, there must be a family |\asyfam| - and font nickname |\asy|. - -\code - |\ifx\asyfam\UNDEFINED - | \newfam\asyfam - |\fi -\endcode - -\subsec{Extracting the fam name} - -\code - |\edef\\{\ifcase\asyfam 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or - | 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi - |} -\endcode - - Where plain \TeX's definition uses glyphs from the roman font, - I~have let the definition stand. -\code - |\mathchardef\forall="0\\22 - |\mathchardef\exists="0\\24 - |\mathchardef\suchthat="0\\27 - |\mathcode`*="2\\2A - |\mathcode`,="6\\2C - |\mathcode`-="2\\2D - |\mathcode`.="2\\2E - |\mathcode`/="2\\2F - |\mathcode`<="3\\3C - |\mathcode`>="3\\3E -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\cong="3\\40 - |\mathchardef\Alpha="0\\41 - |\mathchardef\Beta="0\\42 - |\mathchardef\Chi="0\\43 - |\mathchardef\Delta="0\\44 - |\mathchardef\Epsilon="0\\45 - |\mathchardef\Phi="0\\46 - |\mathchardef\Gamma="0\\47 - |\mathchardef\Eta="0\\48 - |\mathchardef\Iota="0\\49 - |\mathchardef\vartheta="0\\4A - |\mathchardef\Kappa="0\\4B - |\mathchardef\Lambda="0\\4C - |\mathchardef\Mu="0\\4D - |\mathchardef\Ni="0\\4E - |\mathchardef\Omicron="0\\4F -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\Pi="0\\50 - |\mathchardef\Theta="0\\51 - |\mathchardef\Rho="0\\52 - |\mathchardef\Sigma="0\\53 - |\mathchardef\Tau="0\\54 - |\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0\\55 - |\mathchardef\varsigma="0\\56 - |\mathchardef\Omega="0\\57 - |\mathchardef\Xi="0\\58 - |\mathchardef\Psi="0\\59 - |\mathchardef\Zeta="0\\5A -% - |\mathchardef\therefore="3\\5C -% - |\mathchardef\perp="3\\5E -% -\smallbreak -% - |\mathchardef\alpha="0\\61 - |\mathchardef\beta="0\\62 - |\mathchardef\chi="0\\63 - |\mathchardef\delta="0\\64 - |\mathchardef\epsilon="0\\65 - |\mathchardef\phi="0\\66 - |\mathchardef\gamma="0\\67 - |\mathchardef\eta="0\\68 - |\mathchardef\iota="0\\69 - |\mathchardef\varphi="0\\6A - |\mathchardef\kappa="0\\6B - |\mathchardef\lambda="0\\6C - |\mathchardef\mu="0\\6D - |\mathchardef\ni="0\\6E - |\mathchardef\omicron="0\\6F -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\pi="0\\70 - |\mathchardef\theta="0\\71 - |\mathchardef\rho="0\\72 - |\mathchardef\sigma="0\\73 - |\mathchardef\tau="0\\74 - |\mathchardef\upsilon="0\\75 - |\mathchardef\varpi="0\\76 - |\mathchardef\omega="0\\77 - |\mathchardef\xi="0\\78 - |\mathchardef\psi="0\\79 - |\mathchardef\zeta="0\\7A - |\mathchardef\sim="3\\7E -% -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\Upsilon="0\\A1 - |\mathcode`'="0\\A2 \mathchardef\minutes="0\\A2 - |\mathchardef\leq="3\\A3 \let\le=\leq - |\mathchardef\fractionslash="0\\A4 - |\mathchardef\infinity="0\\A5 -% - |\mathchardef\clubsuit="0\\A7 - |\mathchardef\diamondsuit="0\\A8 - |\mathchardef\heartsuit="0\\A9 - |\mathchardef\spadesuit="0\\AA - |\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3\\AB - |\mathchardef\leftarrow="3\\AC \let\gets=\rightarrow - |\mathchardef\uparrow="3\\AD - |\mathchardef\rightarrow="3\\AE \let\to=\rightarrow - |\mathchardef\downarrow="3\\AF -\smallskip - |\mathchardef\degrees="0\\B0 - |\mathchardef\pm="2\\B1 - |\mathchardef\seconds="0\\B2 - |\mathchardef\geq="3\\B3 \let\ge=\geq - |\mathchardef\times="2\\B4 - |\mathchardef\propto="3\\B5 - |\mathchardef\partial="0\\B6 -% - |\mathchardef\div="2\\B8 - |\mathchardef\neq="3\\B9 \let\ne=\neq - |\mathchardef\equiv="3\\BA - |\mathchardef\approx="3\\BB - |\mathchardef\ldots="6\\BC - |\edef\arrowvert{\delimiter"0\\BD33C } - |\mathchardef\relbar"3\\BE - |\edef\crlf{\noexpand\mathexbox\\BF} -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\aleph="0\\C0 - |\mathchardef\Im="0\\C1 - |\mathchardef\Re="0\\C2 - |\mathchardef\wp="0\\C3 - |\mathchardef\otimes="2\\C4 - |\mathchardef\oplus="2\\C5 - |\mathchardef\emptyset="0\\C6 - |\mathchardef\cap="2\\C7 - |\mathchardef\cup="2\\C8 - |\mathchardef\supset="3\\C9 - |\mathchardef\supseteq="3\\CA - |\mathchardef\nsubset="3\\CB - |\mathchardef\subset="3\\CC - |\mathchardef\subseteq="3\\CD - |\mathchardef\in="3\\CE - |\mathchardef\nin="3\\CF -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\angle="0\\D0 - |\mathchardef\nabla="0\\D1 - |\edef\registered{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D2} - |\edef\copyright{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D3} - |\edef\trademark{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D4} - |\mathchardef\prod="1\\D5 - |\edef\sqrt{\radical"\\D6370 } - |\mathchardef\cdot="2\\D7 - |\mathchardef\neg="0\\D8 \let\lnot=\neg - |\mathchardef\wedge="3\\D9 \let\land=\wedge - |\mathchardef\vee="3\\DA \let\lor=\vee - |\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="3\\DB - |\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3\\DC - |\mathchardef\Uparrow="3\\DD - |\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3\\DE - |\mathchardef\Downarrow="3\\DF -\smallbreak - |\mathchardef\diamond="3\\E0 - |\edef\langle{\delimiter"4\\E130A } - |\mathchardef\sum="1\\E5 - |\edef\rangle{\delimiter"5\\F130B } -\endcode - (I haven't bothered redefining those delimiters based on parts of - large delimiters.) - -%}}} adobe sy -%{{{ ISO 8859-1 support -\section{ISO 8859--1 input} - - ISO~8859--1 (Latin-1) is the de facto standard character - encoding in a large numebr of countries, and so we shall try to - make a reasonable number of Latin-1 characters available. - -\subsec{Symbols} - - Those characters whose code is the same as the code of the - corresponding glyph are left alone (with catcode~12). For - example, |^^a3| (pounds sterling) is left alone. - - Those that have an equivalent |\chardef| (or |\mathchardef|) - name are defined with |\let| (for example, |^^a4| is |\let| to - |\currency|). Those with an equivalent standard ligature use - that ligature. These conventions hopefully insulate these - definitions against changes in the encoding. - - The characters that represent marks for composite - letters\footnote*{This phrase is used on the grounds that the - word {\it accent} tends to provoke lectures on ways in which - many composite letters do {\it not} represent accents in the - languages in which they are used.} will form ligatures with the - following letter---one may write `{\tt\char"7F u\char"18 c}' to - get `\"u\c c'. - - I don't use |\declareactivechar| on these because they would not - work properly in verbatim text with catcode~12. (Extending - verbatim text to include Latin-1 will take a few definitions - along the same lines as |\ttlq| etc.). -\code - |\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~ - |\catcode`^^a1\active \def^^a1{!`} -% A2 -% A3 - |\catcode`^^a4\active \let^^a4=\currency -% A5 -% A6 XXX -% A7 - |\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\twodotsglyph - |\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright - |\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda -% AB - |\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot - |\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\- - |\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered - |\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\macronglyph -\smallbreak - |\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees - |\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm - |\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2} - |\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3} - |\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\acuteglyph - |\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu -% B6 - |\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal - |\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\cedillaglyph - |\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1} - |\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo -% BB - |\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14} - |\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12} - |\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34} - |\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`} -\smallbreak - |\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times - |\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div -\endcode - -\subsec{Composite letters} - - The composite letters acer accessed via ligatures so that they - are immune to some possible changes in encoding. -\code - |\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\graveglyph A} - |\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\acuteglyph A} - |\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\circumglyph A} - |\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\tildeglyph A} - |\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\twodotsglyph A} - |\catcode`^^c5\active \def^^c5{\ringglyph A} - |\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE - |\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\cedillaglyph C} - |\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\graveglyph E} - |\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\acuteglyph E} - |\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\circumglyph E} - |\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\twodotsglyph E} - |\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\graveglyph I} - |\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\acuteglyph I} - |\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\circumglyph I} - |\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\twodotsglyph I} -\smallbreak -% |\catcode`^^d0\active \chardef^^d0="?? % DH - |\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\tildeglyph N} - |\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\graveglyph O} - |\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\acuteglyph O} - |\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\circumglyph O} - |\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\tildeglyph O} - |\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\twodotsglyph O} - |\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O - |\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\graveglyph U} - |\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\acuteglyph U} - |\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\circumglyph U} - |\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\twodotsglyph U} - |\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\acuteglyph Y} -% |\catcode`^^de\active \def^^de{TH} - |\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss -\smallbreak - |\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\acuteglyph a} - |\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\graveglyph a} - |\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\circumglyph a} - |\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\tildeglyph a} - |\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\twodotsglyph a} - |\catcode`^^e5\active \def^^e5{\ringglyph a} - |\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae - |\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\cedillaglyph c} - |\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\graveglyph e} - |\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\acuteglyph e} - |\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\circumglyph e} - |\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\twodotsglyph e} - |\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\graveglyph i} - |\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\acuteglyph i} - |\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\circumglyph i} - |\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\twodotsglyph i} -\smallbreak -% |\catcode`^^f0\active \def^^f0{dh} - |\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\tildeglyph n} - |\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\graveglyph o} - |\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\acuteglyph o} - |\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\circumglyph o} - |\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\tildeglyph o} - |\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\twodotsglyph o} - |\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o - |\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\graveglyph u} - |\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\acuteglyph u} - |\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\circumglyph u} - |\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\twodotsglyph u} - |\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\acuteglyph y} -% |\catcode`^^fe\active \def^^fe{th} - |\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\twodotsglyph y} -\endcode - -%}}} ISO 8859-1 support -%{{{ other hacks -\section{Modifications to other PDCMAC macros} - - - For typewriter text, less drastic revision of the string is - necessary. -\code - |\def\ttminus{--{}} - |\let\ttcircum=\asciicircum - |\let\tttilde=\asciitilde -\endcode - Note that ASCII quote and backquote characters are still got - from accents because a `neutral' quotation mark is not adequate - for computer listings where both sorts of `quote mark' might be - appear, with different meanings. - - -%}}} other hacks -\endcodefile -\enddocument -\bye -%}}} pdcadobe.dtx - -%Local variables: -%fill-prefix: "\t" -%fold-folded-p: t -%End: - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 909cec7dfd2..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -% pdcadobe.tex 1.3 1995/03/30 -- macros for Adobe style fonts - -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcadobe.tex", -%%% version = "1.3", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Formatting macros for Adobe-style fonts. -%%% This file was generated by running -%%% plain TeX on pdcadobe.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdcadobe.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "", -%%% } - -\message{1.3 } - -\chardef\quotesingle="0D -\chardef\quotedouble="22 -\chardef\_="5F -\chardef\asciicircum="80 -\chardef\asciitilde="81 -\chardef\cents="A2 -\chardef\pounds="A3 -\chardef\fractionslash="A4 -\chardef\yen="A5 -\chardef\florin="A6 -\chardef\S="A7 -\chardef\currency="A8 -\chardef\lguillemet="AB -\chardef\dag="B2 -\chardef\ddag="B3 -\chardef\gbdecimal="B4 -\chardef\P="B6 -\chardef\bullet="B7 -\chardef\quotesinglebase="B8 -\chardef\quotedblbase="B9 -\chardef\rguillemet="BB -\chardef\ellipsis="BC \def\dots{\ellipsis\thinspace} -\chardef\permille="BD -\chardef\orda="E3 -\chardef\ordo="EB -\mathchardef\backslash="205C -\edef\lbrace{\delimiter"407B308} \let\{=\lbrace \mathcode`\{="407B -\mathcode`\|="707C \mathchardef\mid="307C -\edef\rbrace{\delimiter"507D309} \let\}=\rbrace \mathcode`\}="507D -\mathchardef\sim="3081 -\mathchardef\cdot="20B4 -\mathchardef\bullet="20B7 -\mathchardef\ldots="60BC -\chardef\graveglyph="12 -\chardef\acuteglyph="13 -\chardef\hookglyph="14 -\chardef\breveglyph="15 -\chardef\macronglyph="16 -\chardef\ringglyph="17 -\chardef\cedillaglyph="18 -\chardef\circumglyph="5E -\chardef\tildeglyph="7E -\chardef\twodotsglyph="7F -\chardef\dotglyph="C7 -\chardef\hungarianglyph="CD -\chardef\ogonekglyph="CE -\chardef\AA="C8 \chardef\aa="98 -\chardef\L="E8 \chardef\l="F8 -\def\.#1{\accent\dotglyph #1} -\def\H#1{\accent\hungarianglyph"CD #1} -\ifx\asyfam\UNDEFINED - \newfam\asyfam -\fi -\edef\\{\ifcase\asyfam 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or - 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi -} -\mathchardef\forall="0\\22 -\mathchardef\exists="0\\24 -\mathchardef\suchthat="0\\27 -\mathcode`*="2\\2A -\mathcode`,="6\\2C -\mathcode`-="2\\2D -\mathcode`.="2\\2E -\mathcode`/="2\\2F -\mathcode`<="3\\3C -\mathcode`>="3\\3E -\mathchardef\cong="3\\40 -\mathchardef\Alpha="0\\41 -\mathchardef\Beta="0\\42 -\mathchardef\Chi="0\\43 -\mathchardef\Delta="0\\44 -\mathchardef\Epsilon="0\\45 -\mathchardef\Phi="0\\46 -\mathchardef\Gamma="0\\47 -\mathchardef\Eta="0\\48 -\mathchardef\Iota="0\\49 -\mathchardef\vartheta="0\\4A -\mathchardef\Kappa="0\\4B -\mathchardef\Lambda="0\\4C -\mathchardef\Mu="0\\4D -\mathchardef\Ni="0\\4E -\mathchardef\Omicron="0\\4F -\mathchardef\Pi="0\\50 -\mathchardef\Theta="0\\51 -\mathchardef\Rho="0\\52 -\mathchardef\Sigma="0\\53 -\mathchardef\Tau="0\\54 -\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0\\55 -\mathchardef\varsigma="0\\56 -\mathchardef\Omega="0\\57 -\mathchardef\Xi="0\\58 -\mathchardef\Psi="0\\59 -\mathchardef\Zeta="0\\5A -\mathchardef\therefore="3\\5C -\mathchardef\perp="3\\5E -\mathchardef\alpha="0\\61 -\mathchardef\beta="0\\62 -\mathchardef\chi="0\\63 -\mathchardef\delta="0\\64 -\mathchardef\epsilon="0\\65 -\mathchardef\phi="0\\66 -\mathchardef\gamma="0\\67 -\mathchardef\eta="0\\68 -\mathchardef\iota="0\\69 -\mathchardef\varphi="0\\6A -\mathchardef\kappa="0\\6B -\mathchardef\lambda="0\\6C -\mathchardef\mu="0\\6D -\mathchardef\ni="0\\6E -\mathchardef\omicron="0\\6F -\mathchardef\pi="0\\70 -\mathchardef\theta="0\\71 -\mathchardef\rho="0\\72 -\mathchardef\sigma="0\\73 -\mathchardef\tau="0\\74 -\mathchardef\upsilon="0\\75 -\mathchardef\varpi="0\\76 -\mathchardef\omega="0\\77 -\mathchardef\xi="0\\78 -\mathchardef\psi="0\\79 -\mathchardef\zeta="0\\7A -\mathchardef\sim="3\\7E -\mathchardef\Upsilon="0\\A1 -\mathcode`'="0\\A2 \mathchardef\minutes="0\\A2 -\mathchardef\leq="3\\A3 \let\le=\leq -\mathchardef\fractionslash="0\\A4 -\mathchardef\infinity="0\\A5 -\mathchardef\clubsuit="0\\A7 -\mathchardef\diamondsuit="0\\A8 -\mathchardef\heartsuit="0\\A9 -\mathchardef\spadesuit="0\\AA -\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3\\AB -\mathchardef\leftarrow="3\\AC \let\gets=\rightarrow -\mathchardef\uparrow="3\\AD -\mathchardef\rightarrow="3\\AE \let\to=\rightarrow -\mathchardef\downarrow="3\\AF -\mathchardef\degrees="0\\B0 -\mathchardef\pm="2\\B1 -\mathchardef\seconds="0\\B2 -\mathchardef\geq="3\\B3 \let\ge=\geq -\mathchardef\times="2\\B4 -\mathchardef\propto="3\\B5 -\mathchardef\partial="0\\B6 -\mathchardef\div="2\\B8 -\mathchardef\neq="3\\B9 \let\ne=\neq -\mathchardef\equiv="3\\BA -\mathchardef\approx="3\\BB -\mathchardef\ldots="6\\BC -\edef\arrowvert{\delimiter"0\\BD33C } -\mathchardef\relbar"3\\BE -\edef\crlf{\noexpand\mathexbox\\BF} -\mathchardef\aleph="0\\C0 -\mathchardef\Im="0\\C1 -\mathchardef\Re="0\\C2 -\mathchardef\wp="0\\C3 -\mathchardef\otimes="2\\C4 -\mathchardef\oplus="2\\C5 -\mathchardef\emptyset="0\\C6 -\mathchardef\cap="2\\C7 -\mathchardef\cup="2\\C8 -\mathchardef\supset="3\\C9 -\mathchardef\supseteq="3\\CA -\mathchardef\nsubset="3\\CB -\mathchardef\subset="3\\CC -\mathchardef\subseteq="3\\CD -\mathchardef\in="3\\CE -\mathchardef\nin="3\\CF -\mathchardef\angle="0\\D0 -\mathchardef\nabla="0\\D1 -\edef\registered{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D2} -\edef\copyright{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D3} -\edef\trademark{\noexpand\mathhexbox\\D4} -\mathchardef\prod="1\\D5 -\edef\sqrt{\radical"\\D6370 } -\mathchardef\cdot="2\\D7 -\mathchardef\neg="0\\D8 \let\lnot=\neg -\mathchardef\wedge="3\\D9 \let\land=\wedge -\mathchardef\vee="3\\DA \let\lor=\vee -\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="3\\DB -\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3\\DC -\mathchardef\Uparrow="3\\DD -\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3\\DE -\mathchardef\Downarrow="3\\DF -\mathchardef\diamond="3\\E0 -\edef\langle{\delimiter"4\\E130A } -\mathchardef\sum="1\\E5 -\edef\rangle{\delimiter"5\\F130B } -\catcode`^^a0\active \let^^a0=~ -\catcode`^^a1\active \def^^a1{!`} -\catcode`^^a4\active \let^^a4=\currency -\catcode`^^a8\active \let^^a8=\twodotsglyph -\catcode`^^a9\active \let^^a9=\copyright -\catcode`^^aa\active \let^^aa=\orda -\catcode`^^ac\active \let^^ac=\lnot -\catcode`^^ad\active \let^^ad=\- -\catcode`^^ae\active \let^^ae=\registered -\catcode`^^af\active \let^^af=\macronglyph -\catcode`^^b0\active \let^^b0=\degrees -\catcode`^^b1\active \let^^b1=\pm -\catcode`^^b2\active \def^^b2{^2} -\catcode`^^b3\active \def^^b3{^3} -\catcode`^^b4\active \let^^b4=\acuteglyph -\catcode`^^b5\active \let^^b5=\mu -\catcode`^^b7\active \let^^b7=\gbdecimal -\catcode`^^b8\active \let^^b8=\cedillaglyph -\catcode`^^b9\active \def^^b9{^1} -\catcode`^^ba\active \let^^ba=\ordo -\catcode`^^bc\active \def^^bc{\frac14} -\catcode`^^bd\active \def^^bd{\frac12} -\catcode`^^be\active \def^^be{\frac34} -\catcode`^^bf\active \def^^bf{?`} -\catcode`^^d7\active \let^^d7=\times -\catcode`^^f7\active \let^^f7=\div -\catcode`^^c0\active \def^^c0{\graveglyph A} -\catcode`^^c1\active \def^^c1{\acuteglyph A} -\catcode`^^c2\active \def^^c2{\circumglyph A} -\catcode`^^c3\active \def^^c3{\tildeglyph A} -\catcode`^^c4\active \def^^c4{\twodotsglyph A} -\catcode`^^c5\active \def^^c5{\ringglyph A} -\catcode`^^c6\active \let^^c6=\AE -\catcode`^^c7\active \def^^c7{\cedillaglyph C} -\catcode`^^c8\active \def^^c8{\graveglyph E} -\catcode`^^c9\active \def^^c9{\acuteglyph E} -\catcode`^^ca\active \def^^ca{\circumglyph E} -\catcode`^^cb\active \def^^cb{\twodotsglyph E} -\catcode`^^cc\active \def^^cc{\graveglyph I} -\catcode`^^cd\active \def^^cd{\acuteglyph I} -\catcode`^^ce\active \def^^ce{\circumglyph I} -\catcode`^^cf\active \def^^cf{\twodotsglyph I} -\catcode`^^d1\active \def^^d1{\tildeglyph N} -\catcode`^^d2\active \def^^d2{\graveglyph O} -\catcode`^^d3\active \def^^d3{\acuteglyph O} -\catcode`^^d4\active \def^^d4{\circumglyph O} -\catcode`^^d5\active \def^^d5{\tildeglyph O} -\catcode`^^d6\active \def^^d6{\twodotsglyph O} -\catcode`^^d8\active \let^^d8=\O -\catcode`^^d9\active \def^^d9{\graveglyph U} -\catcode`^^da\active \def^^da{\acuteglyph U} -\catcode`^^db\active \def^^db{\circumglyph U} -\catcode`^^dc\active \def^^dc{\twodotsglyph U} -\catcode`^^dd\active \def^^dd{\acuteglyph Y} -\catcode`^^df\active \let^^df=\ss -\catcode`^^e0\active \def^^e0{\acuteglyph a} -\catcode`^^e1\active \def^^e1{\graveglyph a} -\catcode`^^e2\active \def^^e2{\circumglyph a} -\catcode`^^e3\active \def^^e3{\tildeglyph a} -\catcode`^^e4\active \def^^e4{\twodotsglyph a} -\catcode`^^e5\active \def^^e5{\ringglyph a} -\catcode`^^e6\active \let^^e6=\ae -\catcode`^^e7\active \def^^e7{\cedillaglyph c} -\catcode`^^e8\active \def^^e8{\graveglyph e} -\catcode`^^e9\active \def^^e9{\acuteglyph e} -\catcode`^^ea\active \def^^ea{\circumglyph e} -\catcode`^^eb\active \def^^eb{\twodotsglyph e} -\catcode`^^ec\active \def^^ec{\graveglyph i} -\catcode`^^ed\active \def^^ed{\acuteglyph i} -\catcode`^^ee\active \def^^ee{\circumglyph i} -\catcode`^^ef\active \def^^ef{\twodotsglyph i} -\catcode`^^f1\active \def^^f1{\tildeglyph n} -\catcode`^^f2\active \def^^f2{\graveglyph o} -\catcode`^^f3\active \def^^f3{\acuteglyph o} -\catcode`^^f4\active \def^^f4{\circumglyph o} -\catcode`^^f5\active \def^^f5{\tildeglyph o} -\catcode`^^f6\active \def^^f6{\twodotsglyph o} -\catcode`^^f8\active \let^^f8=\o -\catcode`^^f9\active \def^^f9{\graveglyph u} -\catcode`^^fa\active \def^^fa{\acuteglyph u} -\catcode`^^fb\active \def^^fb{\circumglyph u} -\catcode`^^fc\active \def^^fc{\twodotsglyph u} -\catcode`^^fd\active \def^^fd{\acuteglyph y} -\catcode`^^ff\active \def^^ff{\twodotsglyph y} -\def\ttminus{--{}} -\let\ttcircum=\asciicircum -\let\tttilde=\asciitilde diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 843a8c96361..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmdoc.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -% pdccmdoc.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "pdccmdoc.tex", -%%% version = "1.2", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, style file", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Top-level macro file for documents set in -%%% Computer Modern fonts. -%%% This macro file was generated by running plain -%%% TeX on pdcsty.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, pdchyex.tex, -%%% pdcimth.tex, pdccmsub.tex, pdcmigr.tex, -%%% pdcoput5.tex, pdcdoc.def", -%%%} - -\message{1.2 } - -\input pdcimth -\input pdcmigr -\input pdcfmt2 -\input pdchyex -\input pdcoput5 -\input pdcfsel -\input pdccmsub -\autoloadfonts -\def\STYheadingT{% - \m{rm}{cmss}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}% - \f{it}{cmssi}\f{tt}{cmtt}\f{mf}{logo}\f{mfi}{logosl}% -} -\font\headingrm=cmss17 \font\headingit=cmssi17 -\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1200}{14pt} - {small}{tiny} -\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1728}{20pt} - {subheading}{small} -\def\STYbodyT{\m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}% - \m{bf}{cmbx}\@\f{bi}{cmbxti10}% - \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}% - \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}% - \f{tt}{cmtt}\@\f{ttb}{cmsltt10}% -} -\font\tinytt=cmtt8 at 7pt -\font\bodysy=cmsy10 at 12pt -\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny} -\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt} -\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000 -\bodyfonts -{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 } -\def\PS{PostScript} -\input pdcdoc.def -\inputifexists{pdccmdoc.cfg} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 905b7d04627..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmlft.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -% pdccmlft.tex 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "pdccmlft.tex", -%%% version = "1.2", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, style file", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Top-level macro file for documents set in -%%% Computer Modern fonts. -%%% This macro file was generated by running plain -%%% TeX on pdcsty.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "pdcfmt2.tex, pdcfsel.tex, pdchyex.tex, -%%% pdcimth.tex, pdccmsub.tex, pdcmigr.tex, -%%% pdcoput5.tex, pdclft.def", -%%%} - -\message{1.2 } - -\input pdcimth -\input pdcmigr -\input pdcfmt2 -\input pdchyex -\input pdcoput5 -\input pdcfsel -\input pdccmsub -\autoloadfonts -\def\STYheadingT{% - \m{rm}{cmss}\m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}% - \f{it}{cmssi}\f{tt}{cmtt}\f{mf}{logo}\f{mfi}{logosl}% -} -\font\headingrm=cmss17 \font\headingit=cmssi17 -\fontset{subheading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1200}{14pt} - {small}{tiny} -\fontset{heading}\STYheadingT{10 scaled 1728}{20pt} - {subheading}{small} -\def\STYbodyT{\m{rm}{cmr}\m{it}{cmti}% - \m{bf}{cmbx}\@\f{bi}{cmbxti10}% - \m{mi}{cmmi}\m{sy}{cmsy}% - \@\f{mf}{logo10}\@\f{mfi}{logosl10}% - \f{tt}{cmtt}\@\f{ttb}{cmsltt10}% -} -\font\tinytt=cmtt8 at 7pt -\font\bodysy=cmsy10 at 12pt -\fontset{tiny}\STYbodyT{7}{9pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{small}\STYbodyT{9}{11pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{note}\STYbodyT{10}{12pt}{tiny}{tiny} -\fontset{body}\STYbodyT{12}{14pt}{small}{tiny} -\def\everyloadfont#1#2{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt} -\rightskip=0pt plus 2em \tolerance=1000 -\bodyfonts -{\tt \hyphenchar\font=-1 } -\def\PS{PostScript} -\input pdclft.def -\inputifexists{pdccmlft.cfg} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex deleted file mode 100644 index a2712d5c445..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccmsub.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -% pdcmisc.dtx 1.4 1995/03/30 -- CM subs for PS glyphs -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcmigr.tex", -%%% version = "1.4", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Macros for simulating some PostScript characters -%%% using glyphs form the Computer Modern family. -%%% This file was generated by running -%%% plain TeX on pdcmisc.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdcmisc.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "", -%%% } - -\message{1.4 1995/03/30} - -\dimendef\dimena=0 -\def\pounds{{\it\char36 }} -\def\yen{{% - \ooalign{% - \hfil\raise0.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle=$}\hfil\crcr - \hfil Y\hfil - }% -}} -\def\cents{\leavevmode\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}} -\def\currency{{% - \ooalign{% - \hskip-0.1em - \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox202}\hskip-0.1em\crcr - \hfil \raise0.2ex \hbox{\mathhexbox20E}\hfil - }% -}} -\def\florin{{\it f\/}} -\def\circledletter#1#2{{% - \ooalign{% - \hfil\kern#1\raise0.00ex \hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm #2$}\hfil\crcr - \mathhexbox20D% - }% -}} -\def\registered{\circledletter{0.02em}R} -\def\copyright{\circledletter{-0.045em}C} -\def\lguillemet{% - \leavevmode - \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\langle\!\langle$}% -} -\def\rguillemet{% - \leavevmode - \raise0.5ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rangle\!\rangle$}% -} -\def\permille{{% - \setbox0 \hbox{/}% - \flushtop{$\scriptstyle0\!$}/% - \lower\dp0 \hbox{$\!\scriptstyle00$}% -}} -\def\gbdecimal{\mathhexbox201} -\def\orda{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b a}} -\def\ordo{\flushtop{\the\scriptfont\ifnum\fam>0 \fam\else 0\fi \b o}} -\let\sc=\relax -\let\csc=\relax -\let\mc=\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 2261d583f4e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,881 +0,0 @@ -% pdccode.dtx -- documentation & source for pdccode.tex -*-tex-*- - -%%%@TeX-document-file { -%%% title = "PDCCODE -- Documented TeX Macros", -%%% filename = "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.dtx", -%%% version = "$Revision: 1.6 $", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% date = "$Date: 1995/03/30 16:08:32 $", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory," -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% abstract = "This document describes and is the source code for -%%% the TeX definitions file pdccode.tex. -%%% Running plain TeX on this file produces both a copy of the -%%% definitions file and the printed documentation.", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "This program is free software; you can redistribute -%%% it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU -%%% General Public License as published by the Free -%%% Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, -%%% or (at your option) any later version.", -%%% notice = "This program is distributed in the hope that it will -%%% be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the -%%% implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -%%% PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public -%%% License for more details.", -%%% notice = "You should have received a copy of the GNU General -%%% Public License along with this program; if not, write -%%% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, -%%% Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex" -%%%} - -%{{{ pdccode -%{{{ preamble - -\relax -\input pdccode -\document -\rcs$Id: pdccode.dtx,v 1.6 1995/03/30 16:08:32 pdc Exp $\endrcs - -\codefile{tmp.tex} - -\defverbatim\" - -%}}} preamble -%{{{ introduction - -\author{P. Damian Cugley} -\title{PDCCODE---Documented \TeX\ Macros} -\section{Introduction} - - PDCCODE is a simpler and less featureful system than the - \LaTeX~2e Docstrip package, but uses the same file suffix - `|dtx|'. Lines between |\code| and |\endcode| markers are - written to a file (set with the |\codefile| command), as well as - being printed `verbatim' in document. Thus one \TeX\ pass - generates both the macro file(s) and a |dvi| file. - - This document---generated from |pdccode.dtx|---is a |dtx| file - for PDCCODE itself, the file of macros used by my |dtx| files. - It cannot be used to generate |pdccode.tex| directly (\TeX\ - might choke halfway through overwriting |pdccode.tex| with a new - version, leaving no |pdccode.tex| to generate |pdccode.tex| - with). Instead it produces its copy as `|tmp.tex|', and - `|tmp.tex|' can be compared to the supplied |pdccode.tex|. - -\subsec{How to read this document} - - The |dtx| files are programs (in \TeX's macro language) that - generate new programs (the macro files that will be used in - documents). The macros described in {\it this} file are used - when generating macro files. So, for example, the |\rcs| and - |\fileversion| macros used to extract identification information - from the |dtx| file are not defined in any of the generated - macro files. - -\subsec{Background} - - For some time I~have been using a collection of macro files to - typeset various types of document with \TeX. After using them - in Malvern\footnote*{Malvern is a sanserif font family - implemented in METAFONT. The current version is release $1.2$.} - releases I have discovered that they had been merged with the - Unix\TeX\ macros directory. Originally I~had never intended - that these files be used by anyone but me---they were full of - hacks and messy code and definitions I~don't use anymore. Since - then I~thought of tidying up the macros enough that I'm not - embarassed by them, but the task of doing this {\it and} - documenting their use was daunting. - - After installing \LaTeX~2e on my new computer, I~decided to have - a go at adapting the idea of `documented \TeX\ macros' files to - plain \TeX. This way I~could clean up the macros and document - them in a systematic fashion. - - The \LaTeX\ Docstrip/Doc-option approach evolved through several - different models and so is a complex format. Docstrip (a - program written in \TeX's macro language) was used to strip - comments from |doc| files making |sty| files, and the \LaTeX\ - Doc-option separately extracted \LaTeX\ code from comments in - |doc| files to make printed documentation. Both Doc and - Docstrip required the user to type in file names whenever they - ran---which made them useless for batch processing. So separate - driver files (with suffixes |drv| and |ins|) were added to - distributions. Finally, the |doc| files, which used to be - usable as |sty| files (just a little slower because of the - comments) were have been changed to be documents instead (making - |drv| files redundant, once the |ltxdoc.cfg| configuration file - was added to the conventions) and given a new suffix |dtx|. - - The system I~use---called PDCCODE---is simpler and faster, but - omits indexes, special change-log commands, and all the features - that come with \LaTeX\ formatting. It doesn't have Docstrip's - {\it options}\/ feature, which allows several largely-similar - files to be generated from the same source.\footnote\dag{I do - have an experimental version |pdccode2.tex| which does this but - I~am not particularly happy with it yet.} It doesn't print - statistics at the end, or do checksums, or even print comforting - lines of asterisks and percent signs in the log file. - - My |dtx| files use a single macro file |pdccode.tex| which - defines a `code mode' where lines are written to the macro file - as well as appearing in the printed documentation. One pass - generates both the macro file and the documentation in |dvi| - form. The |pdccode.tex| file also includes enough layout - commands to typeset the comments. -%}}} -%{{{ using pdccode -\section{Summary of using PDCCODE} - - These commands are explained in more detail below. - -\subsec{A skeleton code file} - - A code file using |pdccode.tex| will look something like this: -$$\it -\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr - "%" name "--" one line description\cr -\noalign{\smallskip} - "%%%@TeX-document-file {"\cr - header comments for the document\cr - "%%%}"\cr -\noalign{\smallskip} - "\relax"\cr - "\input pdccode"\cr - "\document"\cr - "\rcs$" RCS identification string "$\endrcs"\cr - "\codefile{" file name "}"\cr - "\author{" author name "}"\cr - "\title{" title for the document "}"\cr -\noalign{\smallbreak} - "\section{Introduction}"\cr - introduction\cr -\noalign{\smallbreak} - "\section{File identification}"\cr - "\code"\cr - " \|\% " file name "\fileversion~\filedate~--" one line desc\cr - " |"\cr - " |%%%@TeX-definition-file {"\cr - " " header comments for macro file\cr - " |%%%}"\cr - " |"\cr - " \|\\message\{\fileversion~<\fileauthor~\filedate>\}"\cr - " |"\cr - "\endcode"\cr -\noalign{\smallbreak}% - definitions and commentary\cr -\noalign{\smallbreak}% - "\endcodefile"\cr - "\enddocument"\cr - "\bye"\cr -}$$ - -\subsec{Commands in code sections} - - Code sections start with |\code| and end with |\endcode|. Before - the first |\code| you must do |\codefile{|\|}| to - specify the file. - - Vertical mode material may be used between lines (e.g., - |\smallbreaks|). Unexpanded code lines are introduced with "|", - expanded lines with "\|". In expanded lines, use "\{", "\}", - "\\", "\%", "\~" for those characters, "~" for a single space. - -\subsec{Commands in commentary} - - Most of the commentary will be typeset using the conventions of - plain \TeX. - - |\author{|\|}| (must precede |\title|) - - |\title{|\|}| - - |\section{|\|}| - - |\subsec{|\|}| - - |\noindenttrue| - - |\footnote| - - |\defverbatim|\ - - |$|\|\mm$| |$|\|\em$| |$|\|\pt$| - |$|\|\inch$| - - |\<|\|>| |\cs{|\|}| - |\arg{|\|}| - - |\TeX| |\LaTeX| |\LaTeX~2e| - - |\notepar| \ |\endnotepar| - - -%}}} using pdccode -%{{{ file identification -\section{File identification} - - Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the - file. -\code \catcode`\"=12 - \|\% pdccode.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- self-documenting TeX macros - | - |%%%@TeX-definition-file { - |%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex", - \|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion", - \|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate", - |%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", - |%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", - |%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, - |%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", - |%%% codetable = "USASCII", - |%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", - |%%% supported = "Maybe", - |%%% abstract = "Macros for documented TeX macros (DTX files). - |%%% This file was generated by running - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx", - |%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the - |%%% package it came in.", - |%%% dependencies = "", - |%%% } - | - \|\\message\{\fileversion~\} - | -\endcode -%}}} file id - -\bigskip\noindent - We start by making a nickname for a scratch register. This is - |\toks@| in plain \TeX; this definition gives it a name I~can - use without catcode hackery. -\code - |\toksdef\toksa=0 -\endcode - -%{{{ rcs support - -\section{RCS Support} - - RCS (Revision Control System) is a free source code control - system which is available from the Free Software Foundation. - It inserts keyword-value pairs enclosed in dollar signs into the - source code. This command extracts the file's version, date, - author and locker (if there is one). It is used like this: -$$\centerline{\vbox{\tt\def~{\char32 \ignorespaces} - \halign{#\hfil\cr - \cs{rcs}\$Id:~\,v~\~\~\\quad\cr - \hfill~\~\~{\rm[}\~{\rm]}\$\cs{endrcs}\cr -}}} $$ - The \ field is non-empty iff the file is `locked' - (meaning it has been edited and the changes are not checked in - yet). The |\filename| macro is defined, even though it will - almost certainly be identical to |\jobname|. -\code - |\def\rcs#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8$#9\endrcs{ - | \def\filename{#2} - | \def\fileversion{#3} - | \def\filedate{#4} - | \def\fileauthor{#6} - | \def\filelocker{#8} - |} -\endcode - -%}}} rcs support -%{{{ verbatim text -\section{Verbatim text} - - Verbatim text is text that is printed identically to the - characters in the manuscript file. In the code sections, a - vertical bar is used to make lines for the code file. In the - documentation, the vertical bar is used as a self-matching - verbatim mode character. - - These definitions should be the same as the corresponding code - in |pdcfmt2.dtx|. - -\subsec{Lists of active characters} - - The verbatim text macros need to know if any characters have - been made special apart from the usual ones. This command tells - the verbatim macros that |#1| is an active char; in addition to - setting its catcode, this makes sure that the character will be - re-catcoded appropriately when in verbatim mode. |#1| should be - a something that will work after `|`|'; usually this means a - one-character control sequence. -\code - |\def\declareactivechar#1{% - | \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}% - | \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }% - | \catcode`#1\active - |} -\endcode - - Two list macros in the style of |\dospecials| are defined. The - first is for characters that must be set to catcode~12, such as - `|\|', `|{|', `|}|', `|_|', `|$|', `|#|', `|&|', and `|%|'. The - other is for a few characters that are given catcode~13, such as - `|`|', `|'|', `|~|', `|^|' and SP. -\code - |\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%} - |\def\verbatimactives{\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ } -\smallbreak - |\chardef\other=12 -\endcode - -\subsec{Setting up verbatim mode} - - This is a macro common to various verbatim text modes. The - default spacing of whatever font is used, without any - adjustments of spacefactor for punctuation. The characters - `|`|', `|'|', `|~|', and `|^|' produce slightly lowered glyphs. -\code - |\newtoks\everyverbatim -\smallbreak - |\bgroup \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup - | \def\setupverbatim{% - | \frenchspacing - | \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font - | \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains - | \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives - | \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq - | \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum - | \the\everyverbatim - | } - |}\the\toksa -\endcode - - Here are the definitions for the munged glyphs. These are only - necessary in CM-Typewriter-like fonts; using something - like Courier, these definitions could probably be omitted. - - The names `rq' and `lq' are based on the use of |\lq| and |\rq| - in plain \TeX. An alternative definition for |\ttrq| would be - |\chardef\ttrq=13|, producing `{\tt\char13 }'. -\code - |\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }} - |\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }} - |\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }} - |\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }} -\endcode - This makes the difference between |`'^~| and - {\tt`'\char`\^\char`\~}.\footnote*{It turns out that on some - \TeX\ systems, the CMTT font has been hacked to have an - ASCII-style reverse-apostrohe-cum-grave-accent as character~96 - and a matching apostrophe-cum-acute-accent as charcter~39, - thereby correcting the defects that my definitions of |\ttlq| - and |\ttrq| address. But such modified fonts are - nonstandard---they should {\it not} be called CMTT---and should - be replaced.} - -\subsec{Defining a self-matching character for verbatim text} - - A macro for defining a self-matching verbatim character (I~got - the idea of a macro for declaring verbatim characters from the - \LaTeX~2e documentation macros). |#1| must be a one-character - control sequence. If it isn't active already, then - |\declareactivechar| is applied to it first. -\code - |\def\defverbatim#1{% - | \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi - | \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup - | \def~{% - | \leavevmode - | \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim - | \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup - | }% - | }}\the\toksa - |} -\endcode - Note that there must be a font called |\tt| for it to switch to. - (The catcode of |#1| is set to 13 after calling |\setupverbatim| - because |#1| will be included in |\verbatimplains|.) - - Finally, we define vertical bar as the conventional - self-matching verbatim-mode character. -\code - |\defverbatim\| -\smallbreak - |\hyphenchar\tentt=-1 -\endcode - Both |\defverbatim| and |\defineactivechar| have local scope. - -%}}} verbatim text -%{{{ code sections -%{{{ intro -\section{Code sections} - - The markers |\code| \dots |\endcode| mark code to be written to - the definition file. Each line starts with either "|" or "\|" - and finishes with the end of the line in the manuscript file. - - Lines that start with "|" are written out as-is; no macro - expansion is allowed. This is how the vast majority of lines - are done. - - Lines starting "\|" are expanded. This is so that things like - the current version ID (extracted from the RCS identification - line or set with |\def|) may be included in the code file. - Within such an expanded line, the following macros are defined: - $$\halign{\indent#\hfil&&\quad#\hfil\cr - |\%|& |%|& per cent sign& - |\{|& |{|& left brace& - |\}|& |}|& right brace\cr - |\\|& |\|& backslash& - |~|& \tt\char32 & space& - |\~|& |~|& tilde\cr - } - $$ - (This list is probably incomplete.) -%}}} intro -%{{{ code file name - -\subsec{Setting the codefile name} - - Before the first code section, the |\codefile{|\|}| - command specifies the code file. The last code section should - be followed by |\endcodefile|. Only one code file may be open - at a time. -\code - |\newwrite\CODEwrite -\smallbreak - |\def\codefile#1{ - | \ifeof\CODEwrite\else \endcodefile \fi - | \def\thecodefile{#1} \openout\CODEwrite=#1 - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endcodefile{ - | \message{Code written on \thecodefile.} - | \closeout\CODEwrite - |} -\endcode -%}}} code file name -%{{{ code sections - -\subsec{Code sections} - - Switching to `code mode' is easy, because most of the work is - really done by the "|" and "\|" commands. - -\code - |\def\code{ - | \smallskip - | \begingroup - | \let|\CODEline \let\|\CODElinex - | \let\{=\CODElb \let\}=\CODErb \let\\=\CODEbslash - | \def~{ } \let\~\CODEtilde - | \the\everycode - | \obeylines - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endcode{ - | \smallbreak - | \endgroup - |} -\endcode -%}}} code sections -%{{{ code lines -\subsec{Code lines} - - This is the definition for unexpanded code lines. -\code - |\def\CODEline{% - | \begingroup % matched by \CODElinei - | \setupverbatim \catcode`\|\other - | \CODElinei - |} -\endcode - - In |\CODElinei|, We must redefine the characters (such as |`|) - that are active within verbatim text to expand to their - catcode-12 equivalents when they are written to the code file - currectly. - - Since one of these is |^|, we temporarily give |@| the meaning - of |^| so that we may safely change the catcode of |^|. -\code - |\begingroup\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active - | \catcode\lq\@=\catcode\lq\^ \catcode\lq\^=\active - | \catcode\lq\@@M=\active \toksa={\endgroup % - | \def\CODElinei#1@@M{% - | \begingroup\let`\lq \let'\rq % - | \let^\CODEcircum \let~ \CODEtilde% - | \edef\tmp{#1}% - | \write\CODEwrite\expandafter{\tmp}% - | \endgroup % - | \indent\the\everycodeline #1\par % - | \endgroup % matches \CODEline - | }% - |}\the\toksa -\endcode - - The definition for |\CODElinex| (expanded code lines) is much - simpler: -\code - |\begingroup\catcode`\^^M=13 \toksa={\endgroup % - | \def\CODElinex#1^^M{% - | \edef\tmp{\write\CODEwrite{#1}}\tmp % - | {\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par}% - | }% - |} \the\toksa -\endcode -%}}} code lines -%{{{ catcode hacks -\subsec{Macros for making category-12 characters} - - For characters that are active in verbatim mode (like |`|), or - which must be specially generated in expanded code lines (such - as braces generated with {\tt\cs{\char123 }}), we have a - `|\CODE|-' macro that generates an explicit character token with - catcode~12. - -\code - |\begingroup\catcode`\/=0 \catcode`\\=\other /toksa={/endgroup - | /def/CODEbslash{\} - |}/the/toksa -\smallbreak - |\begingroup\catcode`\^=\other \toksa={\endgroup - | \def\CODEcircum{^} - |}\the\toksa -\smallbreak - |\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup - | \def\CODEtilde{~} - |}\the\toksa -\smallbreak - |\begingroup\catcode`\%=\other \toksa={\endgroup - | \def\%{%} - |}\the\toksa -\smallbreak - |\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup - | \def\CODEtilde{~} - |}\the\toksa -\smallbreak - |\begingroup\catcode`\[=1 \catcode`\]=2 - | \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other - | \toksa=[\endgroup - | \def\CODElb[{] \def\CODErb[}] - |]\the\toksa -\endcode -%}}} catcode hacks -%{{{ customization -\subsec{Customization} - - The token list register |\everycode| is expanded at the start of - every code section, the token list register |\everycodeline| at - the start of every code line. The default definitions select - typewriter font for the code listings, with each line numbered. -\code - |\newtoks\everycode - |\newtoks\everycodeline -\smallbreak - |\everycode{\tt \baselineskip=0.8\baselineskip \lineskiplimit=0pt } -\smallbreak - |\newcount\lineno - |\everycodeline{\llap{$ \global\advance\lineno1 - | \scriptstyle\the\lineno $\enspace}% - | \mark\expandafter{\the\lineno}} -\endcode -%}}} customization -%}}} code sections -%{{{ formating -%{{{ intro -\section{Layout} - - The PDCCODE macros include enough basic formatting commands to - make a simple document---since this file needs to be - self-contained. The formatting is fairly primitive, so that - |pdccode.tex| will not be excessively long. - - The text is set in the default plain \TeX\ fonts: 10-point - Computer Modern Roman. Titles are in CM Sans Serif Bold - Extended, headings in CMSS Demibold Condensed, and subheadings - in CMSS Italic: all of these are standard fonts which should be - available on all \TeX\ systems. - - The line width is wide enough that code lines do not need to be - printed in a reduced font (which looks silly). - - the first tokenm of a document is |\relax| and everything except - the initial |\input| and final |\bye| in the document is - enclosed in |\document|\dots|\enddocument|. This is so that - documents using the PDCCODE conventions can be embedded within a - another document which by redefining these tokens. -\code - |\let\document\relax \let\enddocument\relax -\endcode - - I have to set some \TeX~3 parameters because we don't seem to - have definitions for them in the local version of |plain.tex|. -\code - |\lefthyphenmin=3 \righthyphenmin=2 \errorcontextlines10000 -\endcode - -%}}} intro -%{{{ layout -\subsec{Layout} - - The text width is wide enough for 72-character code lines. -\code - |\parindent=2em \hsize=36\fontdimen6\tentt \advance\hsize\parindent -\endcode - A largish left margin is used set---perhaps readers will find it - useful for writing comments. -\code - |\hoffset=210mm \advance\hoffset-\hsize \advance\hoffset-25mm - |\newdimen\leftmargin \leftmargin=\hoffset \advance\leftmargin-25mm - |\advance\hoffset-1in -\endcode - - The vertical margins are set so that if the file is formatted - for A4 ($297\mm$) paper and fed into a driver which thinks it is - formatted for American Letter ($11\inch$) paper no information - will be lost. We allow for $7\mm$ unprintable area at the edges - of paper (this is reasonable for a laser printer), and for the - headline being $24\pt + 6\pt - 10\pt = 20\pt$ above the top of - the text. (The $6\pt$ allows for the height of the headline, - which is in 7-pt type.) -\code - |\voffset=297mm \advance\voffset-11in - |\advance\voffset7mm \advance\voffset20pt - |\vsize=297mm \advance\vsize-2\voffset \advance\vsize-2\baselineskip - |\advance\voffset-1in -\endcode - - We use ragged-right (ranged-left) printing. (Readability - studies have indicated that ragged-right printing is, if - anything, easier to read than with both sides aligned.) To do - this we remove the stretch and shrink components of the font we - use, and make the right margin stretchable. -\code - |\def\do#1{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt } - |\do\tenrm \do\tenit \do\tenbf -\smallbreak - |\rightskip=0pt plus 2em minus 2pt \adjdemerits=0 \tolerance=500 - |\parfillskip=0pt plus 0.8\hsize -\endcode -%}}} layout -%{{{ title and headline -\subsec{Title and headline} - - The author and title info are printed at the top of the first - page---in lieu of a separate title page---and the title goes in - the headline of subsequent pages, followed by the version ID and - date as extracted from the RCS identification string. If the - file locker is non-empty (i.e., the file is being edited), an - `e' is appended to the version ID in the headline. -\code - |\def\author#1{\def\theauthor{#1}} \author{P. Damian Cugley} -\smallbreak - |\font\titlefont=cmssbx10 scaled \magstep3 -\smallbreak - |\def\title#1{ - | \vglue2\baselineskip - | \begingroup \parindent-\leftmargin \hyphenpenalty10000 \titlefont - | #1\smallskip - | \endgroup - | \leftline{Version \fileversion, - | last changed \fileauthor\space \mungedate\filedate} - | \ifx\filelocker\empty\else - | \leftline{Edited by \filelocker\unskip\ \today} - | \fi - | \medskip - | \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule - | \medskip - | \rightline{\theauthor} - | \bigskip - | \headline{\hfil\global\headline{% - | \sevenbf \hskip-\leftmargin \themarks \hfil #1 - | \fileversion - | \ifx\filelocker\empty - | \space\mungedate\filedate - | \else - | e\space\today - | \fi - | }} - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\themarks{% - | \ifx\firstmark\empty\else - | \firstmark - | \ifx\firstmark\botmark \else --\botmark \fi - | \fi - |} -\endcode - - Some macros for printing the date. The |\mungedate| macro - converts from RCS's format (using slashes) to ISO format (using - short dashes). -\code - |\def\today{\mungedate{\number\year/\twodigits\month/\twodigits\day}} - |\def\twodigits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1} - |\def\mungedate#1{$ \textfont0=\font \mathcode`/="7B #1 $} -\endcode - -%}}} title and author -%{{{ sectioning -\subsec{Sectioning} - - The sectioning commands do no more than generate numbered - headings---there are no tables of contents or marks required. -\code - |\font\secfont=cmssdc10 at 12pt - |\font\subsecfont=cmssi10 -\smallbreak - |\newcount\seccount - |\newcount\subseccount -\smallbreak - |\def\section#1{% - | \advance\seccount1 \subseccount=0 - | \bigbreak - | \begingroup - | \secfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000 - | \rightskip=0pt plus 2em - | \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.\enspace}#1 - | \medskip - | \endgroup - | \noindenttrue - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\subsec#1{% - | \advance\subseccount1 - | \medbreak - | \begingroup - | \subsecfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000 - | \rightskip=0pt plus 2em - | \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.% - | \number\subseccount.\enspace}#1 - | \nobreak\smallskip - | \endgroup - | \noindenttrue - |} -\endcode - - Here's a simple hack to remove the indentation of the first - paragraph following a section heading. -\code - |\newif\ifnoindent -\smallbreak - |\everypar{% - | \ifnoindent - | {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse - | \fi - |} -\endcode - -%}}} sectioning -%{{{ footnotes -\subsec{Footnotes} - - Plain \TeX's footnote command is adjusted to use a new parameter - to specify the value of |\rightskip| in footnotes.\footnote*{The - default definition sets |\rightskip| to $0\pt$, which is - moderately disastrous given that spaces cannot stretch or - shrink.} It was the trickiness involved in changing definitions - like this that persuaded me to not use `|@|' characters in macro - files. -\code - |\newskip\footnoterightskip \footnoterightskip=\rightskip -\smallbreak - |\catcode`@=11 - |\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup - | \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - | \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - | \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM - | \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\footnoterightskip - | \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \rm - | \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t} - |\catcode`@=11 -\endcode - This definition is a drop-in replacement for the one in {\it\TeX - book} Appendix~B (p.\thinspace363 in my copy). - -%}}} footnotes -%{{{ abbrevs -\subsec{Miscellaneous abbreviations} - - The |\<| macro for writing the names of syntactic entities (as - \) is like in {\it\TeX book} Appendix~E. The |\cs| macro - prints a control sequence name; I use this where the easier - dodge of writing "|\foo|" won't work (e.g., in the argument to - another macro). Similarly |\arg| places its argument in - typewriter-style braces. The |\pt| macro works in maths mode. -\code - |\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$\it#1\/$\rangle$}} - |\def\cs#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\\#1}} - |\def\arg#1{\leavevmode\hbox{{\tt\char`\{}#1{\tt\char`\}}}} - |\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}} \def\em{\,{\rm em}} \def\mm{\,{\rm mm}} - |\def\inch{''} -\endcode - - To make a version of the \LaTeX\ logo that should work - acceptably with a range of fonts ({\it\LaTeX}, {\bf\LaTeX}, - {\subsecfont\LaTeX}), I~first define a macro for raising letters - until they are flush with the prevailing cap height. I also - loosen up the `{\it\TeX}\/' logo (so that it also works with - sanserif fonts) and make it set the spacefactor to 1000 (to - override \TeX's assumption that a full stop following a capital - $X$ isn't the end of a sentence). -\code - |\def\flushtop#1{% - | \leavevmode - | \begingroup - | \setbox0=\hbox{#1}\setbox2=\hbox{X}% - | \dimen0=\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0 - | \raise\dimen0 \box0 - | \endgroup - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em \lower0.5ex \hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 } - |\def\LaTeX{L\kern-0.1em \flushtop{a}\TeX} -\endcode - - Occasional paragraphs are written in italics and marked with - `note'. -\notepar - The command says `notepar' not just `note' because in my macro - files I~use \/|\note| for numbered footnotes (\/{\rm \TeX book}, - Exercise~15.12).\footnote*{Footnotes in |dtx| files are produced - with the plain |\footnote| command.} - - Notes may occasionally be more than one paragraph long. -\endnotepar -\code - |\def\notepar{ - | \smallskip - | \begingroup - | \leftskip2\parindent \advance\rightskip\parindent minus \parindent - | \noindent\kern-\parindent{\bf Note}\quad\it - | \ignorespaces - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endnotepar{ - | \smallbreak - | \endgroup - |} -\endcode -%}}} abbrevs -%}}} formatting - -\bigskip\noindent - The file is finished with an |\endinput| command; this can be - used by other prgorams to check that this file hasn't been - truncated by \TeX\ coming to a halt part-way through processing - the |dtx| file. -\code - |\endinput -\endcode -\endcodefile -\enddocument -\bye -%}}} pdccode - -%Local variables: -%fill-prefix: " " -%fold-folded-p: t -%End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex deleted file mode 100644 index aaeb25e3ea9..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,263 +0,0 @@ -% pdccode.tex 1.6 1995/03/30 -- self-documenting TeX macros - -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdccode.tex", -%%% version = "1.6", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Macros for documented TeX macros (DTX files). -%%% This file was generated by running -%%% plain TeX on pdccode.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdccode.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "", -%%% } - -\message{1.6 } - -\toksdef\toksa=0 -\def\rcs#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8$#9\endrcs{ - \def\filename{#2} - \def\fileversion{#3} - \def\filedate{#4} - \def\fileauthor{#6} - \def\filelocker{#8} -} -\def\declareactivechar#1{% - \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}% - \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }% - \catcode`#1\active -} -\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%} -\def\verbatimactives{\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ } -\chardef\other=12 -\newtoks\everyverbatim -\bgroup \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup - \def\setupverbatim{% - \frenchspacing - \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font - \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains - \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives - \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq - \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum - \the\everyverbatim - } -}\the\toksa -\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }} -\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }} -\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }} -\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }} -\def\defverbatim#1{% - \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi - \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup - \def~{% - \leavevmode - \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim - \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup - }% - }}\the\toksa -} -\defverbatim\| -\hyphenchar\tentt=-1 -\newwrite\CODEwrite -\def\codefile#1{ - \ifeof\CODEwrite\else \endcodefile \fi - \def\thecodefile{#1} \openout\CODEwrite=#1 -} -\def\endcodefile{ - \message{Code written on \thecodefile.} - \closeout\CODEwrite -} -\def\code{ - \smallskip - \begingroup - \let|\CODEline \let\|\CODElinex - \let\{=\CODElb \let\}=\CODErb \let\\=\CODEbslash - \def~{ } \let\~\CODEtilde - \the\everycode - \obeylines -} -\def\endcode{ - \smallbreak - \endgroup -} -\def\CODEline{% - \begingroup % matched by \CODElinei - \setupverbatim \catcode`\|\other - \CODElinei -} -\begingroup\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active - \catcode\lq\@=\catcode\lq\^ \catcode\lq\^=\active - \catcode\lq\@@M=\active \toksa={\endgroup % - \def\CODElinei#1@@M{% - \begingroup\let`\lq \let'\rq % - \let^\CODEcircum \let~ \CODEtilde% - \edef\tmp{#1}% - \write\CODEwrite\expandafter{\tmp}% - \endgroup % - \indent\the\everycodeline #1\par % - \endgroup % matches \CODEline - }% -}\the\toksa -\begingroup\catcode`\^^M=13 \toksa={\endgroup % - \def\CODElinex#1^^M{% - \edef\tmp{\write\CODEwrite{#1}}\tmp % - {\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par}% - }% -} \the\toksa -\begingroup\catcode`\/=0 \catcode`\\=\other /toksa={/endgroup - /def/CODEbslash{\} -}/the/toksa -\begingroup\catcode`\^=\other \toksa={\endgroup - \def\CODEcircum{^} -}\the\toksa -\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup - \def\CODEtilde{~} -}\the\toksa -\begingroup\catcode`\%=\other \toksa={\endgroup - \def\%{%} -}\the\toksa -\begingroup\catcode`\~=\other \toksa={\endgroup - \def\CODEtilde{~} -}\the\toksa -\begingroup\catcode`\[=1 \catcode`\]=2 - \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other - \toksa=[\endgroup - \def\CODElb[{] \def\CODErb[}] -]\the\toksa -\newtoks\everycode -\newtoks\everycodeline -\everycode{\tt \baselineskip=0.8\baselineskip \lineskiplimit=0pt } -\newcount\lineno -\everycodeline{\llap{$ \global\advance\lineno1 - \scriptstyle\the\lineno $\enspace}% - \mark\expandafter{\the\lineno}} -\let\document\relax \let\enddocument\relax -\lefthyphenmin=3 \righthyphenmin=2 \errorcontextlines10000 -\parindent=2em \hsize=36\fontdimen6\tentt \advance\hsize\parindent -\hoffset=210mm \advance\hoffset-\hsize \advance\hoffset-25mm -\newdimen\leftmargin \leftmargin=\hoffset \advance\leftmargin-25mm -\advance\hoffset-1in -\voffset=297mm \advance\voffset-11in -\advance\voffset7mm \advance\voffset20pt -\vsize=297mm \advance\vsize-2\voffset \advance\vsize-2\baselineskip -\advance\voffset-1in -\def\do#1{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt } -\do\tenrm \do\tenit \do\tenbf -\rightskip=0pt plus 2em minus 2pt \adjdemerits=0 \tolerance=500 -\parfillskip=0pt plus 0.8\hsize -\def\author#1{\def\theauthor{#1}} \author{P. Damian Cugley} -\font\titlefont=cmssbx10 scaled \magstep3 -\def\title#1{ - \vglue2\baselineskip - \begingroup \parindent-\leftmargin \hyphenpenalty10000 \titlefont - #1\smallskip - \endgroup - \leftline{Version \fileversion, - last changed \fileauthor\space \mungedate\filedate} - \ifx\filelocker\empty\else - \leftline{Edited by \filelocker\unskip\ \today} - \fi - \medskip - \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule \vskip1pt \hrule - \medskip - \rightline{\theauthor} - \bigskip - \headline{\hfil\global\headline{% - \sevenbf \hskip-\leftmargin \themarks \hfil #1 - \fileversion - \ifx\filelocker\empty - \space\mungedate\filedate - \else - e\space\today - \fi - }} -} -\def\themarks{% - \ifx\firstmark\empty\else - \firstmark - \ifx\firstmark\botmark \else --\botmark \fi - \fi -} -\def\today{\mungedate{\number\year/\twodigits\month/\twodigits\day}} -\def\twodigits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi \number#1} -\def\mungedate#1{$ \textfont0=\font \mathcode`/="7B #1 $} -\font\secfont=cmssdc10 at 12pt -\font\subsecfont=cmssi10 -\newcount\seccount -\newcount\subseccount -\def\section#1{% - \advance\seccount1 \subseccount=0 - \bigbreak - \begingroup - \secfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000 - \rightskip=0pt plus 2em - \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.\enspace}#1 - \medskip - \endgroup - \noindenttrue -} -\def\subsec#1{% - \advance\subseccount1 - \medbreak - \begingroup - \subsecfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000 - \rightskip=0pt plus 2em - \noindent\llap{\number\seccount.% - \number\subseccount.\enspace}#1 - \nobreak\smallskip - \endgroup - \noindenttrue -} -\newif\ifnoindent -\everypar{% - \ifnoindent - {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse - \fi -} -\newskip\footnoterightskip \footnoterightskip=\rightskip -\catcode`@=11 -\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\footnoterightskip - \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \rm - \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t} -\catcode`@=11 -\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$\it#1\/$\rangle$}} -\def\cs#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\\#1}} -\def\arg#1{\leavevmode\hbox{{\tt\char`\{}#1{\tt\char`\}}}} -\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}} \def\em{\,{\rm em}} \def\mm{\,{\rm mm}} -\def\inch{''} -\def\flushtop#1{% - \leavevmode - \begingroup - \setbox0=\hbox{#1}\setbox2=\hbox{X}% - \dimen0=\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0 - \raise\dimen0 \box0 - \endgroup -} -\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em \lower0.5ex \hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 } -\def\LaTeX{L\kern-0.1em \flushtop{a}\TeX} -\def\notepar{ - \smallskip - \begingroup - \leftskip2\parindent \advance\rightskip\parindent minus \parindent - \noindent\kern-\parindent{\bf Note}\quad\it - \ignorespaces -} -\def\endnotepar{ - \smallbreak - \endgroup -} -\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 62bb283ff3f..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdccode2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,292 +0,0 @@ -%{{{ pdccode.tex -- used to make self-documenting TeX code -%{{{ rcs - -%%% version: $Revision: 1.2 $ - -% A simpler and less featureful system than the LaTeX "doc" package is used. -% Lines between \code and \endcode are printed to a file -% set with the \codefile{xx} command. They are also listed -% "verbatim" - -\def\rcs#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endrcs{ - \def\filename{#2} - \def\fileversion{#3} - \def\filedate{#4} - \def\fileauthor{#6} -} - -\rcs$Id: pdccode.tex,v 1.2 1994/12/03 16:26:00 pdc Exp pdc $\endrcs -\message{\fileversion\space<\fileauthor\space\filedate>} -%}}} rcs -%{{{ misc macros - -\errorcontextlines10000 -\def\expcs#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname} -\def\noexpcs{\expcs\noexpand} - -%}}} misc macros -%{{{ verbatim text - -%% Define verbatim text using |...| -% This is used in the commentary - -% Tell the verbatim macros that #1 is an active char; this -% makes sure that the character will be catcoded appropriately -% when in verbatim mode. #1 should be a somethign that will -% wortk after "`". -\def\declareactivechar#1{% - \toks0=\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}% - \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toks0 }% - \catcode`#1=13 -} - -\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%} % \{}_$#&% -\def\verbatimactives{\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ } % `'~^ - -% \setupverbatim -- makes almost all special characters catcode 12 -% except for ` ' ~ ^, which produce slightly lowered glyphs -\bgroup \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toks0={\egroup - \def\setupverbatim{% - \frenchspacing - \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font - \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1=12 }\verbatimplains - \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1=13 }\verbatimactives - \let`=\ttlq \let'=\ttrq - \let~=\tttilde \let^=\ttcircum - \the\everyverbatim - \hyphenchar\font=-1 - } -}\the\toks0 - -\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }} -\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }} -\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }} -\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }} - -\newtoks\everyverbatim % expanded at start of every verbatim text - - -% Define #1 as a self-matching verbatim character. -% #1 must be a one-char control-sequence -\def\defverbatim#1{% - \declareactivechar#1 - \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toks0={\endgroup - \def~{% - \leavevmode - \begingroup % matched by closing char - \tt - \setupverbatim - \catcode`#1=13 \let~=\endgroup - }% - }}\the\toks0 -} - -\declareactivechar\| \defverbatim\| -%}}} verbatim text -%{{{ writing code sections - -% \docodefiles is \do{xx}\do{yy} for a set of file identifiers -% Each file identifier xx has \ifxx, \xxfalse, \xxtrue, \xxwrite -% I am greatly hampered by the fact that \newwrite and \newif are \outer! -\def\docodefiles{} - -\def\codefile#1#2{ - \toks0=\expandafter{\docodefiles\do{#1}} - \edef\docodefiles{\the\toks0 } - \expcs\CODEnewwrite{#1write} - \CODEnewif{#1} \csname#1true\endcsname - \expcs\openout{#1write}=#2 - \expcs\def{filename#1}{#2} -} -\catcode`@=11 -\def\CODEnewwrite#1{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n #1} -\catcode`@=12 -\def\CODEnewif#1{% - \expcs\edef{#1true}{\let\noexpcs{if#1}\noexpand\iftrue} - \expcs\edef{#1false}{\let\noexpcs{if#1}\noexpand\iffalse} - \csname#1false\endcsname -} - -\def\allfilesfalse{\begingroup - \def\do##1{\global\csname##1false\endcsname}\docodefiles - \endgroup -} -\def\allfilestrue{\begingroup - \def\do##1{\global\csname##1true\endcsname}\docodefiles - \endgroup -} - - -\def\endcodefile#1{ - \expcs\closeout{#1write} - \csname #1false\endcsname - \message{Code written to \csname filename#1\endcsname.} -} - -\def\code{ - \smallskip - \begingroup - \let|\CODEline % code line without expansion - \let\|\CODElinex % code line with expansion - \let\{=\CODElb \let\}=\CODErb \let\\=\CODEbslash \def~{ } - \the\everycode - \obeylines -} -\def\endcode{ - \smallbreak - \endgroup -} -\def\CODEline{% - \begingroup - \setupverbatim - \catcode`\|=12 - \CODElinei -} - - -% In \CODFElinei, We must redefine the characters that are active -% within verbatim text to expand to their catcode-12 equivalents when -% they are written to the code file. Since one of these is ^, we -% temporarily give @ the meaning of ^ so that we may safely munge the -% catcode of ^. - -\begingroup \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 - \catcode\lq\@=\catcode\lq\^ \catcode\lq\^=13 - \catcode\lq\@@M=13 \toks0={\endgroup% - \def\CODElinei#1@@M{% - \begingroup\let`\lq \let'\rq \let^\CODEcircum \let~\CODEtilde % - \edef\tmp{{#1}}% - \def\do##1{\csname if##1\endcsname % - \expcs\write{##1write}\tmp \fi % - }\docodefiles % - \endgroup - \indent\the\everycodeline #1\par % - \endgroup % - }% - \def\CODElinex#1@@M{% - \def\do##1{\csname if##1\endcsname % - \edef\filename{\csname filename##1\endcsname} % - \edef\tmp{{#1}} % - \expcs\write{##1write}\tmp \fi % - }\docodefiles % - \def\filename{\}% - {\indent\the\everycodeline #1\par}% - }% -}\the\toks0 - -% Make macros which expand to various special characters, with catcode 12: -\begingroup\catcode`\/=0 \catcode`\\=12 /toks0={/endgroup - /def/CODEbslash{\} -}/the/toks0 -\begingroup\catcode`\^=12 \toks0={\endgroup - \def\CODEcircum{^} -}\the\toks0 -\begingroup\catcode`\~=12 \toks0={\endgroup - \def\CODEtilde{~} -}\the\toks0 -\begingroup\catcode`\%=12 \toks0={\endgroup - \def\%{%} -}\the\toks0 -\begingroup\catcode`\[=1 \catcode`\]=2 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \toks0=[\endgroup - \def\CODElb[{] \def\CODErb[}] -]\the\toks0 -\newtoks\everycode -\newtoks\everycodeline - -\def\filenamesanssuffix{\expandafter\CODEsanssuffix\filename.\CODEsanssuffix} -\def\CODEsanssuffix#1.#2\CODEsanssuffix{#1} -%}}} writing code sections -%{{{ layout - - -\newcount\seccount -\newcount\subseccount -\font\secfont=cmssdc10 at 12pt -\font\subsecfont=cmssi10 - -\def\section#1{% - \advance\seccount1 \subseccount=0 - \bigbreak - \begingroup - \secfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000 - \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 2em - \number\seccount. #1 - \medskip - \endgroup -} - -\def\subsec#1{% - \advance\subseccount1 - \medbreak - \begingroup - \subsecfont \hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=1000 - \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus 2em - \number\seccount.\number\subseccount. #1 - \nobreak\smallskip - \endgroup -} - -\def\notepar{ - \smallskip - \begingroup - \narrower\noindent\hang - {\bf Note}\quad\it - \ignorespaces -} -\def\endnotepar{ - \smallbreak - \endgroup -} - -% Leave a largish right margin; eventually marginalia will go -% there. Allow enough line length for 80-character code lines. This -% makes the text lines a bit longer than I'd like but I don't want to -% have to resort to having code lines in a smaller font. -\hsize=40em \advance\hsize\parindent - -% (297mm-11in) is the strip of paper lost if printed on USA -% letter paper; allow another bit for some laserprinters that -% can't print to the edge of the paper. -\voffset=297mm \advance\voffset by -11in \advance\voffset by 0.25in -\vsize=297mm \advance\vsize-2\voffset \advance\vsize-2\baselineskip -\advance\voffset-1in - -\def\do#1{\fontdimen3#1=0pt \fontdimen4#1=0pt } -\do\tenrm \do\tenit \do\tenbf - -\rightskip=0pt plus 2em minus 2pt -\tolerance=500 -\lefthyphenmin=3 \righthyphenmin=2 - -%}}} layout -%{{{ abbrevs - -\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$\it#1\/$\rangle$}} -\def\cs#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\\#1}} -\def\arg#1{\leavevmode\hbox{{\tt\char`\{}#1{\tt\char`\}}}} -\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}} -\def\flushtop#1{% - \leavevmode - {% - \setbox0=\hbox{#1}\setbox2=\hbox{X}% - \dimen0=\ht2 \advance\dimen0-\ht0 - \raise\dimen0 \box0 - }% -} -\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X} -\def\LaTeX{L\kern-0.167em\flushtop{a}\TeX} - -%}}} abbrev -\newskip\footnoterightskip \footnoterightskip=\rightskip -\catcode`@=11 -\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\footnoterightskip - \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \rm - \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t} -\catcode`@=11 - - -%}}} pdccode.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def deleted file mode 100644 index 0061070fd79..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcdoc.def +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -% pdcdoc.def 1.2 1995/03/30 -- macros for short documents -%%%@TeX-definition-file { -%%% filename = "pdcdoc.def", -%%% version = "1.2", -%%% date = "1995/03/30", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, style file", -%%% supported = "Maybe", -%%% abstract = "Sectioning macros for style files. -%%% This macro file was generated by running plain -%%% TeX on pdcsty.dtx", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. -%%% Distribute pdcsty.dtx only as part of the -%%% package it came in.", -%%% dependencies = "" -%%%} - -\message{1.2 } - -\topmg=297mm \advance\topmg-11in \advance\topmg7mm -\botmg=\topmg -\advance\topmg\ht\strutbox \advance\topmg\headlineskip -\ifdim \topmg<20mm \topmg=20mm \fi -\ifdim \botmg<27mm \botmg=27mm \fi -\setpaper{210mm}{297mm} -\setnkgrid{4}{3} -\colrule=0pt -\leftmargin=\gridwd \advance\leftmargin\colsep -\everypage={\ifdim\leftmargin>0pt - \setbox\leftbox=\hbox to \gridwd{}\fi} -\everyfootnote={\notefonts} -\everylinenum={\smallfonts} -\everylinenum={\smallfonts} -\everytag={\bf} -\newcount\partno -\def\thepartno{% - \ifcase\partno O\or I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\else - \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\partno}% - \fi -} -\newcount\secno \newcount\subsecno \newcount\subsubsecno -\def\thesecno{% - \n{% - \number\secno - \ifnum\subsecno>0 - .\number\subsecno - \ifnum\subsubsecno>0 - .\number\subsubsecno - \fi - \fi - }% -} -\newtoks\majorheadline -\expandafter\majorheadline - \expandafter{\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\jobname}} -\def\part#1{% - \global\advance\partno1 - \newpageheading{2\baselineskip}{\headingfonts} - {}{\thepartno.\quad#1} - \TOCwrite\TOCentrypart{\thepartno}{#1} -} -\newcount\sectionpenalty -\def\sectionheading#1{ - \par - \vskip 0pt plus 0.3\vsize - \penalty\sectionpenalty \sectionpenalty-200 - \vskip 1\bigskipamount plus -0.3\vsize - \begingroup \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin - \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt - \hyphenpenalty=10000 \exhyphenpenalty=500 - \interlinepenalty=100 - \headingfonts \nointerlineskip - \hbox{\hskip-\leftmargin - \vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \leftmargin - \vrule height 2pt depth 0pt width \hsize} - #1\par - \nobreak\smallskip - \endgroup - \global\noindenttrue -} -\newtoks\sectiontoks -\newif\ifsecno \secnotrue -\def\section#1{ - \ifsecno - \global\advance\secno1 \global\subsecno0 \global\subsubsecno0 - \fi - \toks0={#1} - \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\ifsecno\S\thesecno\space\fi\the\toks0 }} - \edef\tmp{\ifsecno\noexpand\S\the\secno\space\fi} - \global\sectiontoks\expandafter{\tmp#1} - \sectionheading{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi #1} - \mark{{\the\sectiontoks}{\the\sectiontoks}} - \TOCwrite\TOCentrysection{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1} -} -\def\subsec#1{% - \ifsecno \global\advance\subsecno1 \global\subsubsecno0 \fi - \doheading\medskipamount{\subheadingfonts}{} - {\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1} - \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1} -} -\def\subsubsec#1{% - \ifsecno \global\advance\subsubsecno+1 \fi - \doheading\smallskipamount{\rm}{}{\ifsecno\thesecno\quad\fi#1} - \TOCwrite\TOCentrysubsubsec{\ifsecno\thesecno\fi}{#1} -} -\newif\ifnoheadline -\newif\iftwosided -\footline={% - \ifnoheadline - \global\noheadlinefalse - \hfil\bodyfonts\n\folio\hfil - \else - \hfil - \fi -} -\headline={% - \ifnoheadline - \hfil - \else - \bodyfonts - \iftwosided - \ifodd\pageno - \hfil - \expandafter\firstoftwo\botmark\quad - {\bf\n\folio}% - \else - {\bf\n\folio}\quad - \the\majorheadline - \hfil - \fi - \else - \the\majorheadline - \hfil - \expandafter\secondoftwo\topmark\quad - {\bf\n\folio}% - \fi - \fi -} -\def\firstoftwo#1#2{#1} -\def\secondoftwo#1{} -\newwrite\TOCfile -\openout\TOCfile=\jobname.toc -\def\TOCwrite#1#2#3{% - \begingroup\def\n{\string\n} - \def\tmp{#3}% - \edef\tmp{\string#1{#2}{\expandafter\TOCtrim\meaning\tmp}} - \write\TOCfile\expandafter{\tmp{\folio}}\endgroup -} -\def\TOCtrim#1:->{} -\def\TOCentrypart#1#2#3{ - \smallskip - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0\leftmargin - \moveleft\leftmargin\hbox to\dimen0{\strut\bf #1. #2\hfil} - \smallskip -} -\def\TOCentrysection#1#2#3{ - \smallskip\noindent\llap{#1\kern1pc}% - {\bf \ignorespaces #2\quad\rm \n{#3}}\par -} -\def\TOCentrysubsec#1#2#3{ - \ifvmode \noindent \else \quad \fi - {#1}~{\ignorespaces #2} -} -\def\TOCentrysubsubsec#1#2#3{} -\def\frontmatter{ - \write\TOCfile{\string\endinput} - \write\TOCfile{\folio} - \closeout\TOCfile - \vfill\supereject - \ifvoid\partialpage\else \null\vfill\eject \fi - \beginthe{frontmatter} - \pageno=-1 \secnofalse \noheadlinetrue - \def\TOCwrite##1##2##3{} -} -\def\endfrontmatter{ - \section{Contents} - \input\jobname.toc - \vfill\supereject - \endthe{frontmatter} -} -\def\titlepage{ - \vfill\eject - \beginthe{titlepage} - \noheadlinetrue - \def\splittitlepage{ - \iftwosided \vfill\eject\null\vfill \else \vfill \fi - } -} -\def\endtitlepage{ - \eject - \endthe{titlepage} -} -\def\abstract{ - \smallskip - \beginthe{abstract} - \setbox\parbox\hbox to \gridwd{\subheadingfonts Abstract\hfil} - \noindenttrue \bodyfonts -} -\def\endabstract{ - \smallskip - \endthe{abstract} -} -\def\pt{\,{\rm pt}} -\def\mm{\,{\rm mm}} -\def\MF{{\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi META}\-% - {\ifdim\fontdimen1\font>0pt \mfi \else \mf \fi FONT}} -\def\MSDOS{\leavevmode\hbox{MS-DOS}} -\def\TeX{T\kern-0.1em\lower0.5ex\hbox{E}X\spacefactor1000 } -\begingroup\catcode`\|=12 \toks0={\endgroup - \def\dfn#1{\ifx\index\UNDEFINED\else\index{#1|INDdfn}\fi{\bi #1}} -} \the\toks0 -\declareactivechar\* \def*#1*{{\it#1\/}} -\def\|{% - \relax\ifmmode - \Vert - \else - \begingroup - \ttb \setupverbatim - \catcode`\|=13 \let|\endgroup - \fi -} -\def\inputifexists#1{% - \openin15=#1 - \ifeof15 \else \input #1 \fi - \closein15 -} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 6d8c5c78af2..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1194 +0,0 @@ -% pdcfmt2.dtx -- documentation & source for pdcfmt2.tex -*-tex-*- - -%%%@TeX-document-file { -%%% title = "PDCFMT2 -- Formatting Macros", -%%% filename = "$texmf/doc/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.dtx", -%%% version = "$Revision: 2.4 $", -%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", -%%% date = "$Date: 1995/04/06 11:55:16 $", -%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", -%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", -%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory," -%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", -%%% abstract = "This document describes and is the source code for -%%% the TeX definitions file pdcfmt2.tex. -%%% Running plain TeX on this file produces both the -%%% definitions file and the printed documentation.", -%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", -%%% copying = "This program is free software; you can redistribute -%%% it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU -%%% General Public License as published by the Free -%%% Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, -%%% or (at your option) any later version.", -%%% notice = "This program is distributed in the hope that it will -%%% be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the -%%% implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -%%% PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public -%%% License for more details.", -%%% notice = "You should have received a copy of the GNU General -%%% Public License along with this program; if not, write -%%% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, -%%% Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.", -%%% codetable = "USASCII", -%%% dependencies = "pdccode.tex" -%%%} - -%{{{ pdcfmt2 -%{{{ preamble - -\relax -\input pdccode -\document -\rcs$Id: pdcfmt2.dtx,v 2.4 1995/04/06 11:55:16 pdc Exp $\endrcs - -\def\example{ - \smallskip\hrule\nobreak\smallskip - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0-1pc \divide\dimen0 2 - \halign to \hsize\bgroup\vtop{\tt\def~{\hfil\break} \def\\{\char`\\\relax} \hsize=\dimen0 ##}\tabskip=0pt plus 1fil& - \vtop{\hsize=\dimen0 ##}\tabskip=0pt\cr -} -\def\endexample{ - \crcr\egroup - \nobreak\smallskip\hrule\smallskip -} - -\codefile{pdcfmt2.tex} -%}}} preamble -%{{{ introduction - -\author{P. Damian Cugley} -\title{PDCFMT2---Formatting Macros} -\section{Introduction} - - This document describes |pdcfmt2.tex|, a collection of - formatting macros for plain \TeX\ documents. For example, it - defines commands for making bulleted lists, verbatim text, and - generic headings. For longer documents, a higher-level `style - file' like |pdccmdoc.tex| will define commands to start sections - and generate a table of contents and so on. - - The definitions file and the printed documentation are both in - |pdcfmt2.dtx|, a `documented \TeX\ macros' file\footnote*{The - \LaTeX~2e distribution uses files with the `|dtx|' suffix for - similar purposes.} which, when processed by plain \TeX, - generates a fresh copy of |pdcfmt2.tex| in the current directory - in addition to the |dvi| file. This ensures that the printed - documentation and the code it describes are identical. The - |dtx| file uses the macros in |pdccode.tex|. - - The name of the macros file ends in `-|2|' to prevent confusion - with |pdcfmt.tex| version 1.1.10, with which it is slightly - incompatible. - -%}}} introduction -%{{{ File identification -\section{File identification} - - Nowadays, macro files start with some comments identifying the - file. - -\code - \|\% pdcfmt2.tex \fileversion~\filedate~-- macros for formatting - | - |%%%@TeX-definition-file { - |%%% filename = "$texmf/tex/plain/pdcmac/pdcfmt2.tex", - \|\%\%\% version~~~~~~~~= "\fileversion", - \|\%\%\% date~~~~~~~~~~~= "\filedate", - |%%% package = "pdcmac 1.0", - |%%% author = "P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% email = "damian.cugley@comlab.ox.ac.uk", - |%%% address = "Oxford University Computing Laboratory, - |%%% Parks Road, Oxford OX1 3QD, UK", - |%%% codetable = "USASCII", - |%%% keywords = "TeX, plain TeX, macros", - |%%% supported = "Maybe", - |%%% abstract = "Formatting macros for plain TeX documents. - |%%% This file was generated by running - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~plain TeX on \jobname.dtx", - |%%% copyright = "Copyright (c) 1991-1995 P. Damian Cugley", - |%%% copying = "DO NOT DISTRIBUTE THIS FILE. - \|\%\%\%~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Distribute \jobname.dtx only as part of the - |%%% package it came in.", - |%%% dependencies = "", - |%%% } - | - \|\\message\{\fileversion~\} - | -\endcode - -%}}} getting started -%{{{ internal - -\section{Internal definitions} - - Most internal control sequence names will start with `|FMT|'. - Here are a few miscellaneous definitions used to save a token - here or there. - - I will often use |\toksa| to create definitions containing - characters with unusual catcodes. The idiom is -$$\halign{\indent#\hfil\cr - |\begingroup| \ |\toksa={\endgroup|\cr - \quad\\cr - |} \the\toksa|\cr -}$$ - When |\toksa| is expanded, it closes the group (undoing the - \) but then scans the \ using the - catcodes set by \. (In extreme cases, the - definition of |\toksa| might be enclosed in |\uppercase|, to get - strange characters into a definiton.) - - The advantage of this idiom over using |\gdef| in a group is - that the definitions need not be global. Avoiding global - assignments makes it more likely that the document will be - embeddable in other documents. - - Using |\toksa| instead of |\toks0| is more robust when using - |\uppercase|, because digits are be given |\uccode| values by - |maamac.tex|. -\code - |\toksdef\toksa=0 - |\chardef\other=12 -\endcode - -%}}} internal -%{{{ verbatim text - -\section{Verbatim text} - - `Verbatim' text means text designed to match the ASCII - characters in the manuscript file as closely as possible. It - kis most often used in computer manuals, where commands typed to - a computer or the contents of text files are to be presented. - Within verbatim text, most of \TeX's special characters are - temporarily disabled. - -\subsec{Lists of active chararcters} - - The verbatim text macros need to know if any characters have - been made special apart from the usual ones. This command tells - the verbatim macros that |#1| is an active char; in addition to - setting its catcode, this makes sure that the character will be - re-catcoded appropriately when in verbatim mode. |#1| should be - a something that will work after `|`|'; usually this means a - one-character control sequence. -\code - |\def\declareactivechar#1{% - | \toksa\expandafter{\verbatimplains\do#1}% - | \edef\verbatimplains{\the\toksa }% - | \catcode`#1\active - |} -\endcode - - Two list macros in the style of |\dospecials| are defined. The - first is for characters that must be set to catcode~12, such as - `|\|', `|{|', `|}|', `|_|', `|$|', `|#|', `|&|', and `|%|'. The - other is for a few characters that are given catcode~13, such as - `|`|', `|'|', `|~|', `|^|' and SP. -\code - |\def\verbatimplains{\do\\\do\{\do\}\do\_\do\$\do\#\do\&\do\%} - |\def\verbatimactives{\do\-\do\`\do\'\do\~\do\^\do\ } -\smallbreak - |\chardef\other=12 -\endcode - -\subsec{Setting up verbatim mode} - - This is a macro common to various verbatim text modes. The - default spacing of whatever font is used, without any - adjustments of spacefactor for punctuation. The characters - `|`|', `|'|', `|~|', and `|^|' are produce slightly lowered - glyphs. -\code - |\newtoks\everyverbatim -\smallbreak - |\bgroup \catcode`\-=13\catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\'=13 \catcode`\`=13 \toksa={\egroup - | \def\setupverbatim{% - | \frenchspacing - | \spaceskip0pt \xspaceskip0pt % use spacing of font - | \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##112 }\verbatimplains - | \def\do##1{\catcode\lq##1\active }\verbatimactives - | \let`\ttlq \let'\ttrq - | \let~\tttilde \let^\ttcircum \let-\ttminus - | \the\everyverbatim - | } - |}\the\toksa -\endcode - - Here are the definitions for the munged glyphs. These are only - necessary in CM Typewriter; when using a PostScript font, - different definitions would be necessary. - - The names `rq' and `lq' are based on the use of |\lq| and |\rq| - in plain \TeX. An alternative definition for |\ttrq| would be - |\chardef\ttrq="0D|, producing `{\tt\char"0D }'. -\code - |\def\ttlq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char18 }} - |\def\ttrq{\lower0.125ex \hbox{\char19 }} - |\def\tttilde{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\~ }} - |\def\ttcircum{\lower0.5ex \hbox{\char`\^ }} - |\def\ttminus{-} -\endcode - This makes the difference between |`'^~| and - {\tt`'\char`\^\char`\~}. - - The macro |\ttminus| is included because it is needed for - PostScript font support. - -\subsec{Defining a self-matching character for verbatim text} - - A macro for defining a self-matching verbatim character (I~got - the idea of a macro for declaring verbatim characters from the - \LaTeX~2e documentation macros). |#1| must be a one-character - control sequence. If it isn't active already, then - |\declareactivechar| is applied to it first. -\code - |\def\defverbatim#1{% - | \ifcat\noexpand#1\noexpand~\else \declareactivechar#1 \fi - | \begingroup \uccode`\~=`#1 \uppercase{\toksa={\endgroup - | \def~{% - | \leavevmode - | \begingroup \tt \setupverbatim - | \catcode`#1\active \let~\endgroup - | }% - | }}\the\toksa - |} -\endcode - Note that there must be a font called |\tt| for it to switch to. - (The catcode of |#1| is set to 13 after calling |\setupverbatim| - because |#1| will be included in |\verbatimplains|.) - - Finally, we define vertical bar as the conventional - self-matching verbatim-mode character. -\code - |\defverbatim\| -\endcode - Both |\defverbatim| and |\defineactivechar| have local scope. - -\subsec{List a file verbatim} - - This does something similar to the |lines| environment (see - below), except here an external file is read in verbatim (see - {\it\TeX book} Appendix~D, Section~3). The - |\startlinenumbering| macro may be put in the |\everylisting| - token register to create a listing with numbered lines. -\code - |\newtoks\everylisting -\smallbreak - |\def\listfile#1{ - | \medskip - | \begingroup - | \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt - | \def\par{\null\endgraf}\obeylines - | \setupverbatim \maketabstab - | \tt \the\everylisting - | \input#1 - | \endgroup - | \medskip\noindent\ignorespaces - |} -\endcode - This macro redefines character |^^I| (horizontal tab) to produce - the equivalent of eight spaces. This isn't quite the same as - what HTs are used for with UNIX files, but it works adequately - if all your tabs are at the start of the line (i.e., if tabs are - used only for indentation, not to make tables). -\code - |{\catcode`\^^I=\active - | \gdef\maketabstab{\catcode`\^^I\active \def^^I{\hskip 4em}} - |} -\endcode - -%}}} verbatim text -%{{{ everypar - -\section{Everypar hacks} - -\subsec{Parameters} - - The following may be set by higher-level macros to change the - apearance of the next paragraph. - - If the flag |\ifnoindent| is set, then the indentation of the - next paragraph will be removed (by deleting the box added by - \TeX's |\indent| primitive). Thus |\noindenttrue| works like - |\noindent|, except that there may be blank lines between - |\noindenttrue| and the paragraph it affects. -\code - |\newif\ifnoindent -\endcode - This flag is reset globally once it has had its effect. - - If the box |\parbox| is non-void, then its value is typeset in - the left margin of the next paragraph. (At present this does an - implicit |\noindenttrue| but later versions may allow the next - paragraph to be indented.) The righthand edge of the parbox - will be distance |\parboxsep| from the left edge of the text - area. -\code - |\newbox\parbox - |\newdimen\parboxsep \parboxsep=1pc -\endcode - -\subsec{Setting \cs{everypar}} -\code - |\everypar={% - | \ifvoid\parbox - | \ifnoindent {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse \fi - | \else - | {\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\noindentfalse - | \dp\parbox=0pt - | \hbox to 0pt{\hss \box\parbox \hskip\parboxsep}% - | \fi - |} -\endcode -%}}} everypar -%{{{ environment intrinsics - -\section{Environment infrastructure} - - An environment is a structure used to typeset textual elements - consisting of several \TeX\ paragraphs (usually embedded within - one conceptual paragraph). It is a concept like \LaTeX\ - environments, but with the syntax changed to be more - plain-\TeX-like. - - Since environments have one argument that may span many lines in - the file we use more verbose brackets than |{|--|}| to make it - easier to spot where they begin and end. This is a structure in - a document looking like this: - $$ -\vbox{\halign{#\hfil\cr - |\|\\\cr - \quad\dots\cr - |\end|\\cr -}} - $$ - - A new environment is defined by defining macros called - |\|\ and |\end|\. Within the |\|\ and - |\end|\ macros, calls to |\beginthe| and |\endthe| are - used to check that environments are nested properly. -\code - |\def\beginthe#1{% - | \begingroup\def\PDCFMTblockname{#1}% - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endthe#1{% - | \def\tmp{#1}% - | \ifx\tmp\PDCFMTblockname - | \endgroup - | \else - | \errmessage{You should have said \string\endthe{\blockname}}% - | \fi - |} -\endcode - -\subsec{A generic end-of-environment macro} - - This macro does a |\smallskip| (if there is not already a larger - skip on the current list), and sets the `noindent' flag so that - the following \TeX\ paragraph is not indented. -\code - |\def\PDCFMTendenv#1{ - | \smallskip - | \endthe{#1} - | \global\noindenttrue - |} -\endcode - - Where an environment describes text that should be indented, - usually |\parindent| should be used (for consistency). If - |\parindent| is zero we still want to indent the text, and we - use |\envindent| to describe how much to indent it by. -\code - |\newdimen\envindent \envindent=1pc -\smallskip - |\def\PDCFMTindent{% - | \ifdim\parindent>0pt - | \parindent - | \else - | \envindent - | \fi - |} -\endcode - -%}}} environment intrinsics -%{{{ quotations - -\section{Quotations} - - This is a simple environment, with the left margin indented and - the first paragraph in the quotetd text not indented. -\example - It is ... who said~ - \\quotation~ - \indent Shookum hip rallo dyne.~ - \\endquotation~ - Indeed, it burgle gurgler. -& - It is interesting to remember the words of - Spencone Tipeth, who said - \smallskip\leftskip\parindent \noindent - Shookum hip rallo - dyne.\smallskip\leftskip0pt \noindent Indeed, it burgle gurgler. -\endexample -The token - register |\everyquotation| might be used to arrange for all - quotations to be in smaller type with - $$\hbox{|\everyquotation={\smallfonts}|}$$ -\code - |\newtoks\everyquotation -\smallbreak - |\def\quotation{ - | \smallskip - | \beginthe{quotation} - | \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent - | \noindenttrue - | \the\everyquotation - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endquotation{\PDCFMTendenv{quotation}} -\endcode - The differences from using |{\narrower|\dots|\par}| (apart from - how it looks in the source file) include (a)~the right margin - isn't indented; (b)~it indents by |\envindent| if there is no - |\parindent| and (c)~it is preceeded and followed by a - smallskip. -%}}} quotations -%{{{ textlists (bullets + numbered) - -\section{Textlists---bulleted or numbered lists} - - Here's a generic list-of-items environment, used to implemented - bulleted and numbered lists. Each item is started with the - convenient |\\| macro (and so may contain more than one - paragraph). It is called a `textlist' to distinguish it from - other meanings of the word `list'. Usually textlists will be - generated with higher-level macros like |\bullets| and - |\numbered|. - -\subsec{A generic textlist environment} - - The token register |\everytextlist| is expanded at the start - of every textlist. The level of nesting is recorded in - |\textlistdepth| (a to-level list is depth~0, a list inside - that is depth~1, and so on). The flag |\ifnumbered| controls - whether items are numbered (using |\numberfordepth|) or - bulleted (using |\bulletfordepth|). -\code - |\newtoks\everytextlist - |\newif\ifnumbered - |\newcount\textlistdepth \textlistdepth=-1 - |\newcount\textlistcount -\smallbreak - |\def\textlist{% - | \par - | \beginthe{textlist} - | \advance\textlistdepth 1 - | \textlistcount0 - | \def\\{ - | \smallskip\noindent - | \advance\textlistcount1 - | \llap{% - | \ifnumbered - | \numberfordepth\textlistdepth\textlistcount - | \else - | \bulletfordepth\textlistdepth - | \fi\enspace}% - | \ignorespaces - | } - | \advance\leftskip\PDCFMTindent - | \the\everytextlist - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endtextlist{\PDCFMTendenv{textlist}} -\endcode - -\subsec{Bulleted lists} - - This describes a bulleted list, where each paragraph is indented - and preceeded by a mark in the margin. -\example - I would like to make...~\\bullets~\\\\ this point; and~\\\\ that - point~\\endbullets~And so on and so forth. -& I would like to make the following very important and relevant - itemized points:\smallskip\item{$\bullet$}this point; - and\smallskip\item{$\bullet$}that - point\smallskip\noindent And so on and so forth. -\endexample -Bullets environments may - be nested, in which case different marks are used. The sign is - chosen with |\bulletfordepth|. -\code - |\newtoks\everybullets -\smallbreak - |\def\bullets{\textlist \numberedfalse \the\everybullets} - |\let\endbullets=\endtextlist -\smallbreak - |\def\bulletfordepth#1{% - | \ifcase#1 $\bullet$\or --\or $\circ$\else $\cdot$\fi - |} -\endcode - - -\subsec{Numbered lists} - - The numbered list is similar. The style of numbering changes - with the listing depth; you can change this by redefining - |\numberfordepth|. - $$ -\centerline{\vbox{\halign{#\hfil&\qquad\hfil# &&\hfil# \cr - Depth 0&1.&2.&3.&\dots\cr - Depth 1&(1)&(2)&(3)&\dots\cr - Depth 2&({\it a\/})&({\it b\/})&({\it c\/})&\dots\cr - Depth 3+&(i)&(ii)&(iii)&\dots\cr -}}} - $$ - There is also a token regieter |\everynumbered| for any extra - customization. This is read after |\everytextlist|. -\code - |\newtoks\everynumbered -\smallbreak - |\def\numbered{\textlist \numberedtrue \the\everynumbered} - |\let\endnumbered=\endtextlist -\smallbreak - |\def\numberfordepth#1#2{% - | \ifcase#1 \n{\number#2}.\or (\n{\number#2})\or - | ({\it\alphabetletter#2\/})\else (\romannumeral#2)\fi - |} -\endcode - It turns out that sometimes it is useful to be able to impose a - format on numbers generated by formatting macros. For example, - I~occasionally find it useful to force all numbers to be - generated in maths mode. To do this, all numbers generated by - macros are enclosed in |\n{|--|}|. By default, |\n| is - equivalent to |\relax|. -\code - |\let\n\relax -\endcode - -\subsec{Picking a letter of the alphabet} - - This macro behaves as much like the primitives |\number| and - |\romannumeral| as it can: it expands entirely within \TeX's - mouth, and so may be used in |\edef|s and the like. It produces - |???| or |!!!| if its argument is not in the range 1--26. - The macro is defined so as to reduce the number of tokesn to be - skipped when |#1| is less than 6. -\code - |\def\alphabetletter#1{% - | \ifcase#1 ??? \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\else - | \xxxalphabetletter#1\fi - |} - |\def\xxxalphabetletter#1{% - | \ifcase#1 \or\or\or\or\or\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or - | k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or - | v\or w\or x\or y\or z\else !!!\fi - |} -\endcode - -%}}} textlists (bullets + numbered) -%{{{ tagged list - -\section{Tagged lists} - - In other words, description lists. Each paragraph starts with - the `tag' set either in the left margin or sticking in to the - current line if it is too long to fit. The tag for each - paragraph is introduced with `|\\|\arg{\}'. - - The maximum width of tag labels (including the 1\thinspace en - space that goes between label and text) in is stored in - |\tagmaxwidth|. If there is not room, then the label is run on - in to the paragraph and separated from the text by a quad space. -\code - |\newdimen\tagmaxwidth -\endcode - As well as giving a new definition to the |\\| macro, the - |\tagged| command mast choose a value for |\tagmaxwidth|. If - there is a large left margin (signalled by giving |\leftmargin| - a positive value) then tags will go in there; otherwise the text - will be indented and the amount of indentation used as the - maximum label width. -\code - |\newtoks\everytagged -\smallbreak - |\def\tagged{% - | \par - | \beginthe{tagged} - | \let\\\TAG - | \ifdim\leftmargin=0pt - | \tagmaxwidth\PDCFMTindent - | \else - | \tagmaxwidth\leftmargin - | \fi - | \the\everytagged - | \ifdim\tagmaxwidth>\leftmargin - | \leftskip\tagmaxwidth \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin - | \fi - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endtagged{\PDCFMTendenv{tagged}} -\endcode - The adjustment to |\leftmargin| comes after scanning - |\everytagged| so that it is possible to adjust |\tagmaxwidth| - inside |\everytagged|. - - Trickery with |\futurelet| and |\aftergroup| (like that used in - plain \TeX's |\footnote| command) is used to allow catcode - changes in \ to work. This allows macros that generate - `verbatim' text to work. -\code - |\newtoks\everytag -\smallbreak - |\def\TAG{% - | \smallskip\noindent - | \setbox0=\hbox\bgroup % matched by \TAGfinish - | \the\everytag\ignorespaces - | \futurelet\next\TAGtest - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\TAGtest{% - | \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next - | \let\next\TAGgotbrace - | \else - | \let\next\TAGnobrace - | \fi \next - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\TAGgotbrace{% - | \bgroup\aftergroup\TAGfinish - | \let\next - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\TAGnobrace#1{% - | #1\TAGfinish - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\TAGfinish{% - | \unskip\hskip0.5em\egroup % matches \TAG - | \ifdim \wd0 < \tagmaxwidth - | \wd0=\tagmaxwidth - | \llap{\box0}% - | \else - | \hskip-\tagmaxwidth - | \unhbox0 \unskip\quad - | \fi - | \ignorespaces - |} -\endcode - It might be interesting to generalize these macros so that new - macros with an argument scanned this way may be created more - easily. -%}}} tagged list -%{{{ lines - -\section{Lines environment (for program listings etc)} - - In the |lines| environment, each line in the manuscript file - becomes a new paragraph (i.e., a separate line on the printed - page). A |%| at the end of a line may be used to split a file - line in to several logical lines. In addition, the |lines| - environment is bracketed by horizontal rules. The effect is - similar to that produced by the |\beginlines|--|\endlines| - macros in {\it\TeX book} Appendix~E. - -\code - |\newtoks\everylines -\smallbreak - |\def\lines{ - | \par - | \beginthe{lines} - | \nobreak\smallskip\hrule\nobreak\smallskip - | \obeylines - | \parindent=0pt \parskip=0pt - | \parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil - | \the\everylines - | \nobreak - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endlines{ - | \nobreak\smallskip - | \endthe{lines} - | \hrule\smallskip - | \global\noindenttrue - |} -\endcode - - For longer listings it may be nice to have the lines numbered - for later reference. The following two macros may be put in - |\everylines| to enable line numbering---the first starts from~1 - in each listing environment, the other continues the numbering - from where it left off. - - The line number is kept in |\linenumber| (which may be adjusted - by the user). Only every 5th line is numbered. The number of - lines until the next printed one is held in |\PDCFMTcount|. - Both these are always set globally (which means lines - environments cannot be nested!). -\code - |\newcount\linenumber - |\newcount\PDCFMTcount -\smallbreak - |\def\startlinenumbering{% - | \global\linenumber=0 \global\PDCFMTcount=5 - | \everypar{\numberthisline}% - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\continuelinenumbering{% - | \everypar{\numberthisline}% - |} -\endcode - - The |\numberthisline| macro is invoked at the beginning of every - paragraph. It increments |\linenumber|, and writes the line - number of every fifth line in the right margin. By default it - uses the same font as used in subscripts; this can be changed by - changing the token register |\everylinenum|. -\code - |\newtoks\everylinenum \everylinenum{\the\scriptfont0 } -\smallbreak - |\def\numberthisline{% - | \strut - | \global\advance\linenumber1 \global\advance\PDCFMTcount-1 - | \ifnum\PDCFMTcount>0 \else - | \global\advance\PDCFMTcount 5 - | \rlap{\the\everylinenum \kern\hsize\kern1em \the\linenumber}% - | \fi - |}% -\endcode - - Within the lines environment it can be useful to indicate where - lines have been skipped. This macro also adjusts the - |\linenumber| macro. -\code - |\def\linesskipped#1{% - | \strut \hskip20pt $\vdots$ \hskip20pt - | {\rm(\it #1 lines omitted\rm)}\par - | \advance\linenumber#1\relax - |} -\endcode - -%}}} lines -%{{{ display, table - -\section{Displays, Tables -- wrapper about \cs{halign}} - - The |display| environment does a generic (meaning not - necessarily mathematical) display, in a manner similar to the - |\begindisplay|--|\enddisplay| macros in {\it\TeX book} - Appendix~E. As with Knuth's macro, assignments may follow on - the same line as |\display|, and |\cr| and |&| may be used to - split the display into rows and columns. -\code - |\outer\def\display{\obeylines\startdisplay} - |\bgroup\obeylines \toksa={\egroup % - | \def\startdisplay#1^^M{% - | \catcode`\^^M=5 $$ #1 % matched by \enddisplay - | \displayindent\PDCFMTindent % - | \halign\bgroup##\hfil&&\quad##\hfil\cr % - | } % - |}\the\toksa % -\smallbreak - |\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$} -\endcode - - The |table| environment is similar, ecept that what follows - |\table| is an arbitrary |\halign| specification. -\code - |\def\table{% - | $$ % matching $$ is in \endtable - | \displayindent\PDCFMTindent - | \halign \bgroup - |} -\smallbreak - |\let\endtable=\enddisplay -\endcode - -\notepar - Both the {\tt table} and {\tt display} environments must go - within paragraphs. That is, there should not be blank lines - before |\table|, or after |\endtable| unless the table ends the - paragraph. -\endnotepar -%}}} display, table -%{{{ ebnf - -\section{(E)BNF} - - BNF is Bakus-Naur Formalism; EBNF is Extended BNF. The same - environment does either format. The style I~happen to like, has - non-terminal sumbols written like \, and terminal symbols - enclosed in `--'. Optional text is enclosed in brackets (I~like - to put spaces between the brackets and the enclosed text for - clarity) and repeatable text in braces. - - In the manuscript file, each production is a separate paragraph. - The macro |\>| goes between the left hand side and right hand - side of a production; by default, it expands to `$::=$'. - Alternatives are separated by |\\|; by default this expands to a - bar `$\mid$'. If the terminal symbols happen to be keyboard - characters, use the verbatim text character {\tt\char`\|} which - adds quotation marks around the text it produces. For example, - the following expression - $$ - \hbox{\\enspace$::=$\enspace`|f|' `|o|' `|o|' $\mid$ - \ [ \ `{\bf munge}' ].} - $$ - may be produced with - $$ - \defverbatim\~ - \hbox{~\ \> |f| |o| |o| \\ \ [ \ `{\bf munge}' ].~} - $$ - Braces are produced with |\{| and |\}|. - -\code - |\newtoks\everybnf -\smallbreak - |\def\bnf{ - | \nobreak\smallskip - | \beginthe{bnf} - | \advance\leftskip2\parindent \parindent=-\parindent - | \parskip0pt plus 1pt - | \rightskip=1\rightskip plus 3em - | \def\\{$\mid$} - | \def\>{\unskip\enspace$::=$\enspace\ignorespaces} - | \def|{`\begingroup\tt\setupverbatim\catcode`\|=13 - | \def|{\endgroup'}} - | \def\{{$\lbrace$} \def\}{$\rbrace$} - | \the\everybnf - |} -\smallbreak - |\def\endbnf{ - | \smallskip - | \endthe{bnf} - | \global\noindenttrue - |} -\endcode - - The macro |\<| is based on the one in Appendix~E of the {\it\TeX - book}. For example, |\| produces `\'. -\code - |\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle${\it#1\/}$\rangle$}} -\endcode - The difference is that the name is in italics: \ not - $\langle$name$\rangle$. - -\notepar - This macro is not intened for be used to generate character - names like Return and Tab; I suggest just saying `Return' and - `Tab' for these. - - There is a style of RFC-822 email addresses written in the form - `\/|Damian Cugley |'. I suggest that when - presenting email addresses in printed documents this be rendered - as something like `\/{\rm Damian Cugley (|pdc@alleged.co.uk|)}'. -\endnotepar -%}}} ebnf -%{{{ headings - -\section{Headings} - - Here are some macros for making headings for sections of a - document. There are two styles of layout supported by these - heading macros: the usual style~$N$, with headings above the - first paragraph of the section, and the `tab-indexed' style~$T$, - with headings in the left margin, aligned with the first line of - the paragraph. - - -\subsec{The left margin parameter} - For style~$T$ headings, this is the size of the extra margin at - the left side of the page (so $({\it hoffset}+1\,{\rm in})-{\it - leftmargin}$ is the margin between the left edge of headings and - the edge of the paper). Set this parameter to $0\pt$ for - style~$N$. - -\code - |\newdimen\leftmargin -\endcode - - -\subsec{Headings that don't start a new page} - - This macro is intended to be used by higher-level macro with - names like |\section|, which take care of numbering section - headings and so on. - $$ - \hbox{\tt\cs{doheading}\arg{\}\arg{\